Quality Changes the World

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Motor Grader
2 2 2
-0 -0 -0
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

STG230C-8S

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual

 -02 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2
 STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

2
STG230C-8S Motor
02
Grader 2
-1 1-0 -11
-
-11
-0
2 2 2
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko c k c k
Safety, Operation & Maintenance Manual

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

WARNING
Read and follow the safety precautions and instructions in this manual and on the machine dec-
als. Failure to do so can cause serious injury, death or property damage. Keep this manual with
the machine for reading and future reference.
-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Sany Group
SANY Automobile Manufacturing CO.,LTD
Sany Industry Zone
Economic & Technical Development Zone
Changsha, Hunan, China 410100

http://www.sanyglobal.com
2 2 2
-1 1-0 -11
-0
-11
-0
2 2 2
202 202
Tel: 0086-4006098318
o2
02
cko cko ck

Scan here to download the GCP APP

-02 APP for Android ＆2iOS

-0 -0 2
2 -11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

©2021 by Sany Group. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, used, distributed
or disclosed except for normal operation of the machine as described herein. All information included within
this publication was accurate at the time of publication. Product improvements, revisions, etc., may result in
differences between your machine and what is presented here. Sany Group assumes no liability. For more
information, contact Sany Group.

-02 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2 DELINEATION OF RESPONSIBILITY
02 2
-0 - -0
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
SPECIFIC DECLARATION

A grader is an engineering vehicle with a blade used to finish soil and create a flat surface. Graders
are commonly used in the construction and maintenance of gravel road and sub grade. Graders
are also used to strip topsoil or greensward, produce ditches, finish side slope. Graders can mix
up, backfill, bulldoze and pave materials. If equipped with a front dozer blade, it can pave, stack
and backfill loose materials. If equipped with a rear scarifier, it can loose hard and dense soil. Any
other use or any operation beyond the specified working range is not authorized use. Sany ex-
pressly bears no liability for any consequence due to any unauthorized use.

Information in this manual is used to guide qualified operators to operate and maintain graders cor-
1 -02 expressly bears no liability for any consequence
rectly. 1Sany 1 - 02 1 - 02 in-
2-1 2-1
due to any use not observing the
0 2 2- in this manual 0 2 0 2
2
formation 2 2
cko cko cko
It is forbidden to convert the grader without authorization. Sany expressly bears no liability for any
consequence. When crack or electrical malfunction on the grader occurs, please contact the sup-
plier, and don’t conduct welding or make changes without permission, or else, for any conse-
quence due to such contravention, Sany shall not bear any liability.

Use genuine spare parts from Sany. Sany expressly bears no liability for any machine damage or
accident due to the use of untested or unauthorized spare parts or tools.

Operate and maintain parts (such as engine, a/c) on the grader, and observe related regulations
on Users' guide supplied from their manufacturer.
02 02 02
2 - 11-
Sany expressly bears no liability for any machine
2 -
-
11failure or damage due to force majeure of
2 -
-
11natural
202
disasters (earthquake, typhoon) and wars.202 202
cko cko cko
Sany cannot predict every circumstance that might involve a potential hazard in operation or
maintenance. Operators and owners should highly attach importance to safety. Local specific
safety rules of the countries may be stricter. If they differ from the regulations in this manual, ob-
serve the stricter one.

Duty of Sany

• Be responsible for providing qualified products and correct documents.

• Fulfill their promises on after-sales service, and document all maintenance and repair working
done by 2
02 2
after-sales service personnel.
0
- operation and maintenance personnel -0
• Train
2 - 11the 2 - 11-based on their needs. 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 1

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader

Duty of owners
2 or other authorized personnel 2 2
-0 -0 -0
-11
2 each person involved in the product’s -11 -11
• Only
2 02after 2 022 operation, maintenance and repair20is22trained
o o
ckand fully understands the Parts Book and o
ck Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual,
ck can they
operate and maintain the grader.
• Ensure the operation and maintenance personnel are qualified and know their related
responsibilities.
• Periodically check related personnel's safety consciousness during working.
• If any fault threatening safety occurs, stop the grader immediately.
• If necessary Sany service personnel have the right to check the grader for safety.
• Besides check items regulated by Sany, observe local laws and regulations to check the grader.
• Ensure timely maintenance and repair on the grader.
• Carefully plan the use of the grader.
2 2 2
-0 -0 -0
2-11
2 all working personnel 2 -11 2 -11
20of 02 02
o2 o2
Duty
cko ck ck
• If there is any abnormal symptom which may cause abnormal working of the grader or potential
hazard, report to your leader. If possible, correct fault in time.
• All personnel working around the grader must observe all warning signals and take care of their
own and others' safety.
• All personnel should know their working tasks and procedures.
• Watch something like high voltage wire, unrelated personnel and poor ground for potential dan-
ger, and report to the operators and signalmen.

Duty of Managers
-02 -02 -02
• Ensure -11
22 the operators are trained and fully understand
22 -11 2
the Operation and Maintenance2Manual -11
o 20 by Sany. Ensure they are in physical
o 20fitness and have the certification of operation.
o 20 Oth-
c ksupplied
c k c k
erwise, it is forbidden to operate the grader.
• Ensure the operators have good judgment ability, teamwork consciousness and psychological
quality. Otherwise, it is forbidden to operate or repair the grader.
• Ensure the signalmen have good vision and acoustic judgment, master standard command sig-
nals. At the same time, they should have enough experience in recognizing danger factors cor-
rectly, and inform the operators of danger factors to avoid them in time.
• Ensure assistant workers can identify the model and working condition to choose a proper
grader.
• Publicize safety consciousness to working personnel, and make them aware of safety precau-
-02 related responsibilities.
tions and1their -02 -02
2-1 2 -11 2 -11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck

2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Table of Contents

2-11
-0 2 Table of2-1Contents
1-0
2
2 -11
-0 2
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2
1 Introduction........................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................1-3
1.2 Your Documentation Package.............................................................................................1-3
1.2.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................1-3
1.2.2 Recommendations on the Use of Data .....................................................................1-4
1.2.3 Storage of Data.............................................................................................................1-4
1.2.4 Structure of this Manual...............................................................................................1-4
1.3 Your Sany Machine...............................................................................................................1-5
1.3.1 Machine Directions.......................................................................................................1-5
1.3.2
1 - 02
Breaking - 02
in a New Machine ........................................................................................1-6
1 1 - 02
0 2 2-1 Machine Information ....................................................................................................1-6
1.3.3 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1
2 2 2
cko 1.3.4 Serial Number and Distributor cko Information ...............................................................1-7
cko
1.4 Contact Information ..............................................................................................................1-8

2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 General ...................................................................................................................................2-3
2.1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................2-3
2.1.2 Intended Use.................................................................................................................2-4
2.1.3 Unintended Use ............................................................................................................2-4
2.1.4 Requirements of Working Environment ....................................................................2-4
2.1.5 Qualification Required for Working with the Machine .............................................2-5
2.1.6 1 - 02
Conversions and Alterations to the 1 - 02 1
Machine............................................................2-5- 02
2 -1
2Safety 2 2-1 2 2-1
2 0
2.2 0 0
Message.....................................................................................................................2-5
2 2
cko 2.2.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................2-5
cko cko
2.2.2 Safety Message Introduction ......................................................................................2-6
2.2.3 Safety Alerts ..................................................................................................................2-6
2.2.4 An Example of Safety Alerts .......................................................................................2-7
2.2.5 Decals ............................................................................................................................2-7
2.3 General Precautions.......................................................................................................... 2-14
2.3.1 Safety Rules ............................................................................................................... 2-14
2.3.2 Abnormal Case .......................................................................................................... 2-14
2.3.3 Safety Devices ........................................................................................................... 2-14
2.3.4 Protective
2 Measures for Personal Safety2 .............................................................. 2-15
1 - 0 1 - 0 1 - 02
2 2 -1
2.3.5 Precautions Against -1
Emergency.............................................................................
2 2 2 2 -1 2-16
o 20 Precautions During Operation..........................................................................................
2.4
o 20 o 20 2-18
c k c k c k
2.4.1 Safe Starting............................................................................................................... 2-18
2.4.2 Requirements on Worksite....................................................................................... 2-20

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 I

 Table of Contents STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2.4.3 Before 2 Operation .......................................................................................................

2 2-222
- 0 - 0
1 Taveling..............................................................................................................
1 1-0
1
2.4.4 -Safe - 1 - 1
2-23
2 022 Safe Parking...............................................................................................................
2.4.5 2 022 2 022 2-25
ko Precautions for Using the Blade ......................................................................................
c2.5 cko cko 2-26
2.5.1 Bearing Capacity of Blade........................................................................................ 2-26
2.5.2 Moving the Blade....................................................................................................... 2-26
2.5.3 Placing the Blade....................................................................................................... 2-27
2.5.4 Dangerous Obstacles ............................................................................................... 2-27
2.5.5 Prohibited Blade Working Range............................................................................ 2-27
2.6 Maintenance Precautions ................................................................................................. 2-27
2.6.1 Basic Rules................................................................................................................. 2-27
2.6.2 Lockout/Tagout Procedures ..................................................................................... 2-27

1 - 02
2.6.3 Maintenance
1 - 02
Area ..................................................................................................... 2-28
1 - 02
1
2.6.42-Washing 2-1
the Machine ............................................................................................... 2-12-29
0 2 0 2
2 Self-preparation .........................................................................................................
2 2 0 2
cko2.6.6 Using the Tool Properly.............................................................................................
cko cko
2.6.5 2-29
2-29
2.6.7 Maintenance with Engine Running ......................................................................... 2-30
2.6.8 Maintaining under the Grader.................................................................................. 2-31
2.6.9 Maintaining in Noisy Environment........................................................................... 2-31
2.6.10 Removing Paint before Welding or Heating ........................................................ 2-32
2.6.11 Correct Welding ....................................................................................................... 2-32
2.6.12 No Heating beside Hydraulic Pipeline.................................................................. 2-32
2.6.13 No Heating the Pipes with Combustible Liquid................................................... 2-33
2.6.14 Correctly Operating the Hydraulic System .......................................................... 2-33
2.6.15 Be-0Care 2 of High-pressure Liquid...........................................................................
- 02 2-34- 02
1 1 1
2
2.6.16
0 2-1Regularly Replacing the Rubber Hoses...............................................................
0 2 2-1 0 2 2-12-34
2 2 Liquid ........................................................ 2
cko2.6.17 Avoiding Scald by High-temperature cko cko 2-35
2.6.18 Preventing Battery from Explosion ....................................................................... 2-35
2.6.19 Preventing Components from Flying Out ............................................................ 2-36
2.6.20 Safe Storage of Parts ............................................................................................. 2-36
2.6.21 Safe Treatment of Liquid ........................................................................................ 2-37
2.6.22 Safe Treatment of Chemicals ............................................................................... 2-37
2.6.23 Proper Disposal of Wastes .................................................................................... 2-37
2.7 Keeping Away from Dangerous Area.............................................................................. 2-38
2.8 Replacing the Key Components ...................................................................................... 2-38
2.9 Safe Transportation ........................................................................................................... 2-38
- 02
2.9.1 Load/Unload
1 - 02
the Grader...........................................................................................
1 2-38
1 - 02
1
2-Transporting 2-1 2-12-39
0
2.9.2
2 2 2 0 2 2 0
the Grader ........................................................................................... 2
ko Hoisting the Grader..........................................................................................................
c2.10 cko cko 2-40
2.11 Towing the Grader Safely................................................................................................ 2-40

II Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Table of Contents

3 System
2 Functions...........................................................................................................3-1
2 2
-0 -0 -0
2 2 -11
3.1 General
2 2 -11 2 2 -11
Structure..................................................................................................................3-3
o 20 3.1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................3-3
o 20 o 20
c k c k c k
3.1.2 Frame .............................................................................................................................3-5
3.1.3 Swing Support...............................................................................................................3-6
3.1.4 Transmission & Rear Axle Assembly ........................................................................3-7
3.1.5 Front Axle Assembly ....................................................................................................3-7
3.1.6 Work Implement...........................................................................................................3-8
3.1.7 Engine ............................................................................................................................3-8
3.2 Cab Configuration and Console..........................................................................................3-9
3.2.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................3-9
3.2.2 Master Switch of Power Supply............................................................................... 3-10

1 02 Control Panel ....................................................................................................3-11

3.2.3 Front
- 1 - 02 1 - 02
0 2 2-1 Right Control Panel ...................................................................................................
3.2.4
0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1 3-17
2 3.2.5 A/C Control Panel......................................................................................................
2 2
cko 3.2.6 Back-up Alarm ...........................................................................................................
cko cko
3-22
3-24
3.2.7 Steering Wheel .......................................................................................................... 3-24
3.2.8 Horn Button ................................................................................................................ 3-25
3.2.9 Control Console Lean Control ................................................................................. 3-26
3.2.10 Service Brake Control Pedal ................................................................................. 3-27
3.2.11 Cab Lamp ................................................................................................................. 3-27
3.2.12 Seat ........................................................................................................................... 3-28
3.3 SYCD Screen ..................................................................................................................... 3-29
3.4 Work Implement Control ................................................................................................... 3-35
-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
22 -11 22 -11 22 -11
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
o 20 o 20.................................................................................4-3
o 20
c k k
4.1 Checking before Starting the Engine
c c k
4.1.1 Check (walk-around)....................................................................................................4-3
4.1.2 Check before Starting ..................................................................................................4-3
4.2 Adjustments Prior to Startup................................................................................................4-9
4.2.1 Seat Adjustment ...........................................................................................................4-9
4.2.2 Rearview Mirror Adjustment .................................................................................... 4-10
4.3 Operation Prior to Startup ................................................................................................. 4-10
4.3.1 Activate the Control System..................................................................................... 4-10
4.3.2 Check the Fuel Level ................................................................................................ 4-12
4.3.3 Check the Gear Selector .......................................................................................... 4-13
1
4.3.4 - 02
Check 1 - 02
the Parking Brake.......................................................................................... 1 - 2
04-13
0 2 2-1 Check the Switches...................................................................................................
4.3.5 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1 4-14
2 2 2
cko 4.3.6 Check the Horn ..........................................................................................................
cko cko 4-15
4.4 Engine Start-up................................................................................................................... 4-15
4.4.1 Normal Start-up ......................................................................................................... 4-15

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 III

 Table of Contents STG230C-8S Motor Grader

4.4.2 Engine 2 Start-up in Cold Weather ............................................................................

2 4-162
1 - 0 1 - 0 1-0
1 1
4.4.3 -Jump-start...................................................................................................................
- - 1
4-16
2 022 Warm up the Engine..................................................................................................
4.4.4 2 022 2 022 4-17
cko4.4.5 Engine Shut-down .....................................................................................................
cko cko 4-18
4.5 Check Transmission .......................................................................................................... 4-18
4.5.1 Check Transmission Oil Level ................................................................................. 4-18
4.5.2 Check Transmission Oil Temperature .................................................................... 4-18
4.5.3 Check Main Pressure................................................................................................ 4-19
4.6 Running in the Machine..................................................................................................... 4-19
4.7 Move the Machine.............................................................................................................. 4-19
4.7.1 Precautions for Moving the Machine ...................................................................... 4-19
4.7.2 Move Forward ............................................................................................................ 4-20
4.7.3 Move
1 - 02Backward .........................................................................................................
1 - 02 4-20
1 - 02
1 Control...............................................................................................................
4.7.42-Gear 2-1 2-14-21
2 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2
ko4.7.5 Steering.......................................................................................................................
c4.8 c ko c ko 4-22
Machine Operation............................................................................................................. 4-22
4.8.1 Blade Operation......................................................................................................... 4-22
4.8.2 Exiting from a Steep Slope or a Ditch..................................................................... 4-26
4.8.3 Grading Ground around an Obstacle ..................................................................... 4-26
4.8.4 Grading Ground in S Shape..................................................................................... 4-27
4.8.5 Grading the Left Ground........................................................................................... 4-28
4.8.6 Grading the Right Ground ........................................................................................ 4-29
4.8.7 Cutting a V-ditch at Left Side ................................................................................... 4-31
4.8.8 Cutting a V-ditch at Right Side................................................................................. 4-32
4.8.9 Cutting
1 - 02 a Flat-bottom Ditch ......................................................................................
1 - 02 4-34
1 - 02
2
4.8.10
0 2-1Cleaning a Left Ditch...............................................................................................
0 2 2-1 0 2 2-14-37
2 2 2
cko4.8.11 Cleaning a Right Ditch ............................................................................................
cko cko 4-38
4.8.12 Cleaning a Left Road Shoulder ............................................................................. 4-40
4.8.13 Cleaning a Right Road Shoulder .......................................................................... 4-40
4.8.14 Scraping a Wet Ditch .............................................................................................. 4-42
4.8.15 Grading on a Slope ................................................................................................. 4-42
4.8.16 Scraping a Right Side Slope.................................................................................. 4-43
4.8.17 Operating the Scarifier(Optional) .......................................................................... 4-46
4.8.18 Operating the Dozer Plate(Optional).................................................................... 4-47
4.8.19 Inflating the Tire ....................................................................................................... 4-47
4.9 Parking the Machine .......................................................................................................... 4-48
-
4.9.1 Stopping
1 02 the Machine ...............................................................................................
1 - 02 4-48
1 - 02
1
2-Stopping 2-1 2-14-48
0
4.9.2
2 2 2 0 2 2 0 2
the Engine..................................................................................................
cko4.9.3 Leaving the Machine.................................................................................................
cko cko 4-49
4.9.4 Towing the Machine .................................................................................................. 4-49
4.10 Machine Transportation .................................................................................................. 4-49

IV Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Table of Contents

4.10.1 Preparation
2 before Loading ...................................................................................
2 4-49
2
1 - 0 1 - 0 1 - 0
0 2 2-1
4.10.2 Check before Loading
2-1 2-1
............................................................................................
0 2 0 2
4-49
2 4.10.3 Loading .....................................................................................................................
2 2 4-50
cko 4.10.4 Transportation..........................................................................................................
cko cko 4-50
4.10.5 Unloading ................................................................................................................. 4-50
4.10.6 Container Transportation ....................................................................................... 4-50

5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
5.1 General ...................................................................................................................................5-3
5.1.1 Introduction....................................................................................................................5-3
5.1.2 Precautions on Engine Performance.........................................................................5-3
5.1.3 Precautions on Fuel System.......................................................................................5-3

1 - 02
5.1.4 Precautions
1 - 02
on Hydraulic System ..............................................................................5-3
1 - 02
2 -1
5.2 2Requirements 2-1
on Use of Oil & Fluids .................................................................................5-4
2 2 2-1
0 0 0
2 5.2.1 Engine Oil ......................................................................................................................5-4
2 2
cko 5.2.2 Fuel.................................................................................................................................5-4
cko cko
5.2.3 Lubricant ........................................................................................................................5-5
5.2.4 Grease ...........................................................................................................................5-5
5.2.5 Coolant...........................................................................................................................5-5
5.2.6 Oil & Fluids Selection...................................................................................................5-5
5.2.7 Requirements of Oil and Fluids ..................................................................................5-7
5.2.8 Lubrication Intervals.................................................................................................. 5-12
5.2.9 Filling Capacities ....................................................................................................... 5-13
5.3 Maintenance ....................................................................................................................... 5-13

1 02 1 - 02
5.3.1-Introduction.................................................................................................................
1 - 2
05-13
0 2 2-1 Routine Maintenance................................................................................................
5.3.2
0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1 5-13
2 2 2
cko 5.3.3 Regular Technical Maintenance cko Intervals..............................................................
cko 5-14
5.3.4 Maintenance for Long-time Stored Grader ............................................................ 5-16
5.3.5 Maintenance for the Engine ..................................................................................... 5-17
5.3.6 Maintenance for the Hydraulic System .................................................................. 5-30
5.3.7 Maintaining the A/C................................................................................................... 5-32
5.3.8 Maintaining the Rear Axle Components ................................................................ 5-38
5.3.9 Maintaining the Transmission.................................................................................. 5-41
5.3.10 Maintaining the Circle Drive................................................................................... 5-43
5.3.11 Maintaining the Work Implement........................................................................... 5-49
5.3.12 Maintaining the Blade ............................................................................................. 5-50
5.3.13 - 2 Hinged Components Lubrication...................................................................
0Key - 02 - 2
05-51
1 1 1
0 2 2-1 Maintaining the Electric System............................................................................
5.3.14 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1 5-51
2 2 2
cko 5.3.15 Filling Windshield Washing ckoFluid ..........................................................................
cko 5-53
5.3.16 Checking/replacing Windshield Wiper ................................................................. 5-54
5.3.17 Check the Bolts........................................................................................................ 5-54

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 V

 Table of Contents STG230C-8S Motor Grader

5.4 Maintenance 2 Overview......................................................................................................

2 5-542
- 0 - 0
1 Principle ...........................................................................................................
1 1-0
1
5.4.1 -Basic - 1 - 1
5-54
2 022 Basic Maintenance Methods....................................................................................
5.4.2 2 022 2 022 5-54
cko5.4.3 Replacing Scarifier Tooth Tip...................................................................................
cko cko 5-56
5.4.4 Removing the Front Axle Assembly........................................................................ 5-56
5.4.5 Articulation Steering Cylinder .................................................................................. 5-60

6 Troubleshooting ..............................................................................................................6-1
6.1 Mechanical System...............................................................................................................6-3
6.1.1 Circle Drive ....................................................................................................................6-3
6.1.2 Parking Brake................................................................................................................6-4
6.1.3 Axle.................................................................................................................................6-4
6.2 Hydraulic02System ..................................................................................................................6-4
02 02
1 - 1 - 1 -
0 2-1 System...................................................................................................................6-6
6.3 Electrical
2 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1
2 Power Supply and Engine...........................................................................................6-6
2 2
cko6.3.2 Abnormal A/C Operation .............................................................................................6-8
cko cko
6.3.1

6.3.3 Auxiliary Electric System .............................................................................................6-8

6.4 A/C System ............................................................................................................................6-9
6.5 Engine...................................................................................................................................6-11
6.5.1 Engine Troubleshooting Procedures .......................................................................6-11
6.5.2 Engine Troubleshooting............................................................................................ 6-12
6.5.3 Engine Fault Code..................................................................................................... 6-14
6.6 Transmission....................................................................................................................... 6-22

-02Specification ...............................................................................................7-1
7 Technical
1 -02 1 -02 1
2 2-1
7.1 Dimension
0 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1
of the Equipment ...............................................................................................7-3
2 2 2
ko Technical Parameters...........................................................................................................7-4
7.2
c ko c ko c

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

VI Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Introduction

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Introduction
1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................1-3
1.2 Your Documentation Package.............................................................................................1-3
- 2
0Introduction - 02 - 02
1 1 1
2-1 2-1 2-1
1.2.1 ..................................................................................................................1-3
2 0 2 1.2.2 Recommendations on the Use 2 0 2
of Data 2 0 2
....................................................................1-4
cko 1.2.3 Storage of Data ...........................................................................................................1-4
cko cko
1.2.4 Structure of this Manual .............................................................................................1-4
1.3 Your Sany Machine...............................................................................................................1-5
1.3.1 Machine Directions .....................................................................................................1-5
1.3.2 Breaking in a New Machine .......................................................................................1-6
1.3.3 Machine Information ...................................................................................................1-6
1.3.4 Serial Number and Distributor Information..............................................................1-7
1.4 Contact Information ..............................................................................................................1-8

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 1-1

 Introduction STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

1-2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Introduction

1.Introduction
02 2 2
- -0 -0
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
202 Overview
1.1
o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck
• Sany-built machine offers high-quality performance and excellent aftersales service support.
• Sany-built machine is widely used throughout the industry for various types of applications.
• Sany is a leading manufacturer of heavy construction machine worldwide.

This operator's manual provides safety, oper-

ation, maintenance, troubleshooting and tech-
nical specifications. In order to properly use
your machine, it is important to read this man-
ual carefully before beginning any operations.

- 02
Items addressed
1
in this manual are designed
1 - 02 -0 2
1
22- you: 22-
1 2 -11
02
to help
o 20Understand the structure and performance
• o 20 o2
c k c k ck
of your motor grader.
• Reduce improper operation and point out
possible hazardous situations when using
Fig 1-1
the machine.
• Increase machine efficiency during
operation.
• Prolong the service life of your machine.
• Reduce maintenance costs.

Always keep 2 this manual nearby and have all -02 2

- 0 -0
2 2 -11 involved with any operations read2it2-11
personnel
2 -11
20 20 02
o2
periodically.
cko cko ck
If you sell the machine, be sure to give this
manual to the new owner.

Continuing improvements in the design can

lead to changes in detail which may not be re-
flected in this manual. Always consult your
Sany dealer for the latest available informa-
tion on your machine or if you have questions
regarding information in this manual.

2 2 2
1.2 Your
- 1 1-0 Documentation Package -11-0 -11
-0
22
20 Introduction 22 0 02 2
cko 1.2.1 cko2 cko2
The attached data includes:

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 1-3

 Introduction STG230C-8S Motor Grader

• 2 and Maintenace Manual;

Safety, Operation
0 02 02
1 - 1 - 1 -
• -1 including the Parts List and the drawings
Parts 2Book:
2 2 2-1 needed when ordering parts. If 0the
2
1
2-Parts
0
2 is not attached with the machine contact0
2 Sany. 2
cko cko cko
Book

1.2.2 Recommendations on the Use of Data

• The documents only apply to the equipm- ent herein.

• Ensure the documents are complete and are the latest editions.
• Put all data in a folder (if including leaflets), and print and replace the lost, damaged and blotted
documents.
• Add the latest Sany data in time and destroy the inapplicable old documents.

1.2.3 Storage of Data

-02 -02 -02
-11
22 User’s Guide and the Load Table in 2the -11 -11
• Put20this 022machine operation room; 2 022
o
c•kYou’d cko Volume in the maintenance area or office
better put the Spare Parts Drawing cko to enable
the maintenance personnel to find it at any time.

1.2.4 Structure of this Manual

This Manual covers use and maintenance of your machine. Get familiar with it before performing
any operations. Put this manual within easy reach for your reference. Replace it if it is lost or dam-
aged. Due to improvement and updating of products, some information may differ from your ma-
chine. If you have any question on your machine, contact your Sany distributor before operating or
maintaining the machine
2 2 2
1-0
1. Introduction
-11
-0
-11
-0
0 2 2-1 022 in the rest of this manual, including 22
0machine
This2 section provides an overview of what is 2
covered 2
ko information and Sany contact information.
clabel cko cko
2. Safety

This section covers basic safety information relating to this machine. Make sure you fully under-
stand all the precautions described in this manual and the safety labels on the machine before op-
erating or maintaining this machine. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death.

3. System functions

This section provides an overview of all the controls and prompt & operating systems on your ma-
chine. Only when you are familiar with all systems, can you operate and maintain the machine
2 2 2
safely. 1-0 1-0 1-0
2 2-1 2-1 2-1
2 0 202 202
cko cko cko
4. Operation

This section provides the basic operating procedures for the job. It is important to study and be-
come familiar with all procedures before performing any operations with the machine.

1-4 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Introduction

-02
5. Maintenance -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
o 202 section provides all general maintenance
This
o 202 and repair procedures. It is important
o 202to study and
ck become familiar with all the maintenance
ck and repair procedures before performing
ck any mainte-
nance or repair operations on the machine.

6. Troubleshooting

This section outlines common malfunctions and fault diagnostic procedures for the operating sys-
tem. Basic mechanical, hydraulic and electrical system troubleshooting is included.

7. Technical specifications

This section provides the basic performance parameters of this machine.

02
Some information
- 02
may change as design modification.
- -02
-11 -11 -11
2 022 02 2 022
cko 1.3 Your Sany Machine ck o2 cko2
1.3.1 Machine Directions

A
-0 2 -0 2 -02B
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 1-2

A. Front B. Back C. Left D. Right

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 1-5

 Introduction STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 in a New Machine

1.3.2 Breaking -02 -02
22 -11 22 -11 22 -11
0
2machine 20 before delivery, but the initial operation
20 on the
k o
Your has been well adjusted and o
cmachine in severe conditions will seriouslyk
tested
k
c affect the performance or reduce the service
c o
life of the
machine. Thus Sany recommends you to perform 100-hour test run before putting the machine in-
to production use.

During the test run:

• Preheat the machine before performing any operations.
• Avoid operating or running the machine at a high speed in overload working conditions.
• Avoid sudden starting, rapid movement or abrupt stop of the machine.
• Cool down the machine system at the end of every working day.

2 2 2
1-0 Information
1.3.3 Machine
-11
-0
-11
-0
0 2 2-1 022 on the nameplate are important information
022 re-
2 2 2
ko
The factory
cquired
numbers (serial numbers)
cko
and models
cko
for ordering replacement parts or requiring assistance for your machine. So please write
down the related information in this manual for further use (see:“Serial Number and Distributor
Information” on page 1-7).

The nameplate is riveted on the left side of the front frame, see below figure.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 1-3

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

1-6 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Introduction

1 - 02 1 - 02 1 - 02
1.3.4-1Serial Number and Distributor Information
0 2 2 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1
2 2 2
cko This location is for you to record information
cko relating to your machine. It is suggested
cko that you
keep this manual with your machine at all times for reference.
Product Type
Serial No.
Date of Production
Vehicle
Identification
Number (V.I.N.)

02 2 2
Distributor Name:
1 - -0 -0
2- 1 2-11 2 -11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck
Address:

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 -11
22 Numbers:
Phone 2 -11
02 0 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 1-7

 Introduction STG230C-8S Motor Grader

1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
2 2-1
1.4 Contact Information
2 2-1 2 -11
2 0 2 0 02
ko you for purchasing a Sany product.cYou
cThank ko can reach us as follows: ck o2
• Address: Sany Industry Town, Economic & Technological Development Zone, Changsha,
Hunan, China
• Post code: 410100
• Tel: 0086-4006098318
• E-mail: crd@sany.com.cn

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

1-8 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety

-02 -02 -02

2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
1 1 1
2 -1
2.1 2General 2-1 2-1
...................................................................................................................................2-3
2 2
0 0 0
2 2.1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................2-3
2 2
cko cko cko
2.1.2 Intended Use................................................................................................................2-4
2.1.3 Unintended Use...........................................................................................................2-4
2.1.4 Requirements of Working Environment ...................................................................2-4
2.1.5 Qualification Required for Working with the Machine............................................2-5
2.1.6 Conversions and Alterations to the Machine ..........................................................2-5
2.2 Safety Message.....................................................................................................................2-5
2.2.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................2-5
2.2.2 Safety Message Introduction.....................................................................................2-6
2.2.3 Safety Alerts.................................................................................................................2-6
2.2.4-0An2 Example of Safety Alerts......................................................................................2-7
- 02 - 02
1 1 1
-1 Decals ...........................................................................................................................2-7
0 2 22.2.5 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1
2 2 2
cko 2.3 General Precautions..........................................................................................................
cko cko 2-14
2.3.1 Safety Rules.............................................................................................................. 2-14
2.3.2 Abnormal Case......................................................................................................... 2-14
2.3.3 Safety Devices.......................................................................................................... 2-14
2.3.4 Protective Measures for Personal Safety ............................................................. 2-15
2.3.5 Precautions Against Emergency............................................................................ 2-16
2.4 Precautions During Operation.......................................................................................... 2-18
2.4.1 Safe Starting ............................................................................................................. 2-18
2.4.2 Requirements on Worksite ..................................................................................... 2-20
2.4.3 Before Operation...................................................................................................... 2-22
- 2 Taveling ............................................................................................................
0Safe - 02 - 2
02-23
1
2.4.4 1
-1 Safe Parking ............................................................................................................. 1
0 2 22.4.5 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1 2-25
2 o2 2
cko 2.5 Precautions for Using the Bladeck...................................................................................... cko 2-26
2.5.1 Bearing Capacity of Blade ...................................................................................... 2-26
2.5.2 Moving the Blade...................................................................................................... 2-26
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-1
 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2.5.3 Placing 2 the Blade .....................................................................................................

2 2-272
1 - 0 1 - 0 1-0
2.5.4-1Dangerous - 1
Obstacles.............................................................................................. - 1
2-27
2 022 Prohibited Blade Working Range...........................................................................
2.5.5 2 022 2 022 2-27
ko Maintenance Precautions .................................................................................................
c2.6 cko cko 2-27
2.6.1 Basic Rules ............................................................................................................... 2-27
2.6.2 Lockout/Tagout Procedures.................................................................................... 2-27
2.6.3 Maintenance Area.................................................................................................... 2-28
2.6.4 Washing the Machine .............................................................................................. 2-29
2.6.5 Self-preparation........................................................................................................ 2-29
2.6.6 Using the Tool Properly ........................................................................................... 2-29
2.6.7 Maintenance with Engine Running........................................................................ 2-30
2.6.8 Maintaining under the Grader................................................................................. 2-31

1 - 02
2.6.9 Maintaining
1 - 02
in Noisy Environment ......................................................................... 2-31
1 - 02
2.6.10
0 2 2-1 Removing Paint before Welding or 0 2 -1
2Heating.......................................................
0 2 2-12-32
2 o2 2
cko 2.6.12 No Heating beside Hydraulic ko
2.6.11 Correct Welding...................................................................................................... 2-32
ckPipeline c
................................................................ 2-32
2.6.13 No Heating the Pipes with Combustible Liquid ................................................. 2-33
2.6.14 Correctly Operating the Hydraulic System......................................................... 2-33
2.6.15 Be Care of High-pressure Liquid ......................................................................... 2-34
2.6.16 Regularly Replacing the Rubber Hoses ............................................................. 2-34
2.6.17 Avoiding Scald by High-temperature Liquid....................................................... 2-35
2.6.18 Preventing Battery from Explosion...................................................................... 2-35
2.6.19 Preventing Components from Flying Out ........................................................... 2-36
2.6.20 Safe Storage of Parts ............................................................................................ 2-36
2.6.21 Safe
1 - 02 Treatment of Liquid.......................................................................................
1 - 02 2-37
1 - 02
2
2.6.22
0 2-1 Safe Treatment of Chemicals ..............................................................................
0 2 2-1 0 2 2-12-37
2 2 2
cko 2.6.23 Proper Disposal of Wastes ...................................................................................
cko cko 2-37
2.7 Keeping Away from Dangerous Area.............................................................................. 2-38
2.8 Replacing the Key Components ...................................................................................... 2-38
2.9 Safe Transportation ........................................................................................................... 2-38
2.9.1 Load/Unload the Grader.......................................................................................... 2-38
2.9.2 Transporting the Grader.......................................................................................... 2-39
2.10 Hoisting the Grader.......................................................................................................... 2-40
2.11 Towing the Grader Safely................................................................................................ 2-40

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

2-2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

2.Safety
02 2 2
- -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
2 022 02 2 02 2
cko 2.1 General ck o2 ck o2
2.1.1 Introduction

This Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual is a guide for you to operate your equipment
properly.

It contains technical and safety information necessary for operation of your equipment. Read and
understand each section of the manual.

Always operate your equipment according to national, provincial, prefectural and municipal laws
and regulations. The safety information for operation in this manual are just suggestive.
-02
11 not anticipate every possible circumstance-02 -02
Sany-can
2 2 2 2 -11 that might involve a potential hazard
2 2 -11 during
o 20
operation 20
and maintenance. The Safety messages
o 20 are, there-
in this manual and on the product
o
k k k
c fore, not all inclusive. If a procedure,cwork method or operating technique thatc is not specifically
recommended in this manual is used, you must be sure that it is safe for you and for others. You
should also ensure that the product will not be damaged or be made unsafe by the operation, lubri-
cation, maintenance or repair procedures that you choose.

Equipments covered by this manual are used for various operations under normal conditions.

Never use the equipment in flammable or explosive environment, or in areas containing asbestos
dust.

Select a Sany grader with a configuration suitable for high-plateau operation when operating in
areas 20002meters above the sea level. 2 2
- 1 1-0 - 1 1-0 - 1 1-0
022information, specifications, and illustrations
The
2 2 022 in this publication are on the basis2of 022information
cko that was available at the time that theckpublication
o ko right to change
was written. Sany reserves cthe
these information at any time without prior notice. Consult Sany dealer to obtain the latest informa-
tion or if you have any question on the information provided in this manual.

Before starting operation and maintenance,

operator and maintainer shall observe the fol-
lowing items.
• Read and understand the whole manual.
• Read and understand the safety notices
contained in this manual and the safety
messages on the equipment.
02 -02 -02
• 11- apply or operate your equipment
Never
2- -11 -11
2 0 2 022
any circumstances in a manner 2that 02 2
o2
under
cko is prohibited in this manual. cko ck
Fig 2-1

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-3

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

• If the amount2 of fuel added, content of par-

0 02 2
1 - 1 - -0
2-1,or latitude is beyond the specifica- 022-1
ticulates
2 2 -11
0 02
o 2 of this type of equipment, damage
tion
ckcould c ko
2
ck o2
occur and the warranty of your equip-
ment would become invalid.
The manual should be kept in the cab all
the time for operator to refer to at any time.
Contact Sany dealer to obtain a new man-
ual if the original one is missing or cannot
be read.

2.1.2 Intended Use

2 2 2
1-0 is mainly designed for the following operations.
The equipment
1 1-0 1 -11
-0
2
• Clearing
0 2- the foundation, fine leveling the cracked
0 2 2-old roads or hard grounds, scraping slopes,
022 re-
o 2 o 2 o 2
ckfinishing, mixture paving, collecting andccompacting
k materials. ck
• Removing ice and snow.

2.1.3 Unintended Use

If the motor grader is used for other purposes or under environments with potential hazards, such
as in areas like anoxic plateaus, inflammable or explosive environment, or areas with asbestos
dust, special safety regulations should be obeyed, and the machine must be equipped with devi-
ces applicable to corresponding purposes.

02
2.1.4 Requirements
-
of Working Environment
-0 2 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02
The 2requirements 202 02
o2
of working environment for standard graders are as follows:
o
c•kWorking cko ck
altitute:≤2000m
• Working temperature:
-10℃ ~ 40℃ (standard configuration)
• Optional: air inlet preheating system (-20℃ ~40℃ )

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

2-4 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

-02
2.1.5 Qualification -02the Machine
Required for Working with -0 2
22 -11 -11 -11
20 022 02 2
cko • The o 2 by
equipment can only be operated
ck cko2
trained and authorized persons who are at
least 18 years old.
• The operator must fully understand and ob-
serve the operation rules of the equipment.
• Persons under the influence of alcohol,
medication or drugs are not allowed to op-
erate, service or repair the equipment.
• Only trained and qualified personnel can
carry out maintenance and repair tasks on
-02
the equipment. -0 2 2-2
Fig -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 o2
ck to the Machine cko2
2.1.6 Conversions and Alterations

Any modification to the machine without authorization from Sany may have an adverse effect on
the machine's performance or pose more serious hazard.

WARNING
Improper operation or unauthorized application may lead to equipment failure, personal injury or
possible death.

Sany assumes no responsibility for such losses.

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
202 Safety Message
o 2.2 o2
02
o2
02
ck ck ck
2.2.1 Introduction

The following safety decals and safety messages are used on the machine.
• Make sure that you get familiar with the locations and information of all safety decals on the
machine.
• All safety decals must be placed in the proper locations on the machine. They must be kept
clean for readability. Never use organic solvent or gasoline to clean the safety decals, which
could loosen the adhesive that secures the safety message. Loose adhesive will allow the safety
messages to fall.
• -02 are also on the machine besides safety
Other signs
11 -02 decals and safety messages, which must
11 -02 be 11
22- clean and intact.
kept
20Use a new safety decal or safety message 2 0 2 2-
2 0 2 2-
c k o • cko c o one which are
in a timely manner to replace the kold
damaged or missing.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-5

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2
2.2.2 Safety-0Message Introduction -0 2 -0 2
22 -11 22 -11 22 -11
For o 20 the machine safely and properly, this
using o 20manual has provided you with the detailed
o 20 illustra-
k k
ctions to the decals on the machine to make
c you be aware of potential hazards and k
c prevent the
hazards.

All operators or maintenance personnel involved with the use of this machine must read this man-
ual thoroughly and fully understand the safety message on the machine prior to operating or main-
taining this machine. Strictly observe the safety rules provided in this manual to avoid personal
injury and damage to the machine.

2.2.3 Safety Alerts

2 alerts are used to inform you there-0may

The following safety
- 0 2 be potential dangers that lead to per-
- 02
-1
sonal injury 1
or damage. -1 1 -1 1
2 022 2 022 2 022
cInkothis manual and on the machine decals,ckdifferent
o cko to express
safety alerts or illustrations are used
the potential level of hazard.

Table 2–1 Safety Decal and Explanation

Safety Decal Explanation

DANGER Indicates an imminent hazard which, if not avoided,

will result in serious injury or death.

-02 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 202 02 if
o2 WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation2which,
ck o o
ck not avoided, could result in injury or possibly
ck death.

Indicates a possible potential hazardous situation

CAUTION which, if not avoided, could result in minor or major
injury.

Indicates a situation which can cause damage to

NOTICE the equipment, personal property and/or the envi-
ronment, or cause the equipment to operate
-02 02
improperly.
- -0 2
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

2-6 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

02
Table 2–1 Safety Decal and 2Explanation (continue) 2
1 - -0 -0
2- 1 2 -11 2 -11
202 02 02
Safety Decal Explanation

cko ck o2 o2
k most hazard
This hazard alert symbol appearscwith
alerts. It means attention, become alert, your safety
is involved! Please read and abide by the message
that follows the hazard alert symbol.

Indicate the operation disobeys the safety regula-

tions, which may cause personal injury or death
and is prohibited.

2.2.4 An Example of Safety Alerts

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 -11
NOTICE -11
If02
2 022 during the daily check, check all20lines
the hydraulic oil level is found to have 2dropped 22 and hy-
cko draulic elements for leaks, or it may cause
cko failure in operation and environmentcpollution.
ko

2.2.5 Decals

The equipment uses "safety alerts" and "safety message" to indicate safety measures.

See below figure.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 2-3

1. Caution for danger 4. Fixed points 6. Power switch notice 8. Caution for drive belt
02
2. Hook point
- - 2
5. Indication of articula- 7.0Hydraulic oil tank 9. Fan danger
-02
-11
2 away
3. Keep
tion lock
2-1 1decal
2
10.Lifting indication-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko
2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-7

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 22 -11 2-11
02 9o 20 02
cko2 2&4
ck
11
cko2
14

12

13

Fig 2-4

1 - 02 decal 12. Caution for hot

11. Diesel oil tank 02 coolant
13. Engine
1 - 14. Read the manual
-0 2
-1 surface -1
decal -11
2 022 02 2 02 2
ko
cCaution for danger
cko2 cko2

Fig 2-5

Hook point
-02 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

-02 02
Fig 2-6
- -0 2
2-11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

2-8 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

-02
Keep away -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 2-7

Fixed points

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 2-8

Indication of articulation lock

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
Fig 2-9

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-9

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02notice
Power switch -0 2 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 Fig 2-10
cko2

关 OFF

开 ON 开 ON

02 02 2
关 OFF
1 - 1 - -0
2- 1 2-1 2 -11
202 0 2
2 Fig 2-11
o2
02
cko cko ck
Hydraulic oil tank decal

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2
Fig 2-12

2-10 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

02 drive belt
Caution -for -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

-02 2 2-13
-0
Fig -02
-11 -11 -11
2 022 022 022
cko Fan danger ck o2 cko2
Never be close to the running fan.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 2-14

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-11

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02
Lifting indication -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 -11
2 Fig 2 -11
02 02 2-15
02
cko2 cko2 ck o2
Diesel oil tank decal

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2
Fig 2-16

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

2-12 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

02 hot surface
Caution -for -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

-02 2 2-17
-0
Fig -02
-11 -11 -11
2 022 022 022
cko Engine coolant decal ck o2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
Fig 2-18

Read the manual

Fig 2-19
2 2 2
-1 1-0 -11
-0
-11
-0
2 2 2
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-13

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2.3 General2Precautions 2 2
-0 -0 -0
22 -11 2-11 2 -11
2.3.10Safety Rules 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2
• Only trained personnel are allowed to operate and service the equipment.
• Never operate the motor grader that has fault.
• Never operate the motor grader in a hazardous situation.
• All safety rules, precautions and instructions must be followed when operating and servicing the
equipment.
• Taking alcohol or drug could seriously impair one's ability in operating or repairing the equip-
ment, and it is hazardous for you and other persons.
• When working with another operator or worksite traffic signalman, be sure to make all people
understand all gestures to be used.
-02 -02 -02
22 -11 2-11 2 -11
2.3.2 Abnormal
0 Case
02 02
o2 o2
cInk case of any abnormalities found duringckoperation and maintenance, such as noise, o2
ck odor, incor-
rect gauge display, smoke, or oil leakage, you are obligated to inform your boss and take neces-
sary measures. Never operate the equipment before the faults are eliminated.

2.3.3 Safety Devices

To protect yourself and others around you, your machine may be equipped with the following
safety devices. See that each item is securely in place and in operating condition.
• Head lamps & tail lamps
• Rearview mirror
- 2
0wipers -02 -02
• Windshield 1 -11 -11
& washers
2 - 1 2 2
202 horn& buzzer
• Electric
o o2
02
o2
02
c•kSafety decals ck ck

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

2-14 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

-02
2.3.4 Protective -02
Measures for Personal Safety -02
22-11 22 -11 2 -11
20 all work clothes and personal safety 0
2de- 02
k o Wear
k o
c vices issued to you or called for yourcjob con- cko2
ditions. You may need:
• Hard hat
• Hearing protection
• Reflective clothing
• Protective gloves
• Safety shoes

If necessary, wear respirator or filter mask.

1 - 02
Wear necessary equipment, and other safety
1 - 02 -02
2-1 required by your employer, public
equipment
2 2 2-1 2 -11
0
2 governmental administrations, laws 0
2and 02
and
cko regulations. Never take a risk. cko cko2

If required, wear a hard hat, safety glasses, Fig 2-20

safety shoes, face mask and gloves when op-
erating or maintaining the equipment.

Check all protective devices for proper func-

tion prior to operation.

WARNING
• Never 0 2 loose fitting clothes and deco-
wear
-0 2 -02
2 -
rative11-ornaments, or you may easily get2 -11 2 -11
202 202 o2
02
cko
caught by the control lever or othero pro-
ck ck
truding parts.
• Never let the long hair outside of the safety
hat, or you may be entangled by rotating
parts.
• Never listen to the radio or wear music
earphones during operation, or it will easily
distract your attention and cause
accidents.
• Working around noise for a long time will
02
cause-damage or failure to hearing. -0 2 -02
-11 -11 -11
2 022 2 022 022
cko When the noise on the worksite is beyond
cko 85 cko2
dB, please wear the hearing protection device

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-15

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

- 0 2 This would reduce the dam-

such as earplugs.
-0 2 -0 2
-11 ears.
ages to human
2 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
o2
k Precautions Against Emergency
c2.3.5 ck o2 ck o2

Fully read the operation regulations and local driving laws, mastering the meaning of signal, ges-
ture, symbol, and notification. Before driving the grader, it is forbidden to take excitant drink or
drugs.

Find out the places where fire extinguisher, emergency apparatus, and alarm telephone are
placed.

Avoid accidents. If accident occurs, try to take effective measures immediately. First of all, it is
most important to guarantee the personal safety, and then, consider reducing losses of goods and
materials. 02 02 02
2 - 11- -1 1- -1 1-
202
1. Evacuating in fire accident 2 022 2022
c k o c ko cko
The precautions shall be taken for the fire or
other accidents:
• Prepare the first-aid kit nearby .
• Formulate the emergency guidelines
against fire and other accidents.
• Stick the telephone numbers of the doctor,
ambulance, hospital and fire brigade beside
the telephone. Fig 2-21

2 2 2
Evacuate from
- 1 1-0 the machine by observing the -11
-0 O
-11
-0
022 items in case of fire: 02 2 022
I
following II

ck o2 cko2 ck o2
1. Shift the gear to “N” position and apply the
N

III
6
5
4

3
2
1

parking brake, and then turn the key switch to

“O” position. Remove the key.

2. Evacuate from the equipment.

3. Use the fire extinguisher or call fire fighters Fig 2-22

for help.

-02 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

2-16 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Fig 2-23
1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
2- 1 2 - 1 2 -11
202Touching high-voltage lines
2. 202 o2
02
cko cko ck
When working near high-voltage lines, the op-
erator should take extreme care. If the grader
touches them during traveling, take measures
as follows.
• Never leave the operator’s seat during
operation.
• Warn other people to stay away from the
motor grader.
• If possible, drive the grader away from the
-02 area.
dangerous -0 2 -02
22
• 0Cut-11 22 -11 2 -11
02
off the power supply of the motor Fig 2-24
0
cko 2 grader. cko2 cko2

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-17

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2.4 Precautions
2 During Operation 2 2
-0 -0 -0
-11
22 Starting 2 -11 2 -11
2.4.10Safe 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2
1. Safe mounting

When you mount or dismount the machine:

• Falling is a main reason resulting in person-
al injury.
• When mounting or dismounting the ma-
chine, always keep 3-point contact with the
ladder or handrail, and meanwhile, face the
machine .
• Notice whether the platform, ladder or
handrail-11-is
02 slippery -02 -02
2
when using the
2 -11 2 -11
o 202
machine.
o2
02
o2
02
c•kRemove k
mud, oil or water on t he cfoot- ck
boards, handrail or shoes at any time.
• Don’t mount or dismount the moving ma-
Fig 2-25
chine. Never jump off the machine.
• Don’t carry tools or other objects when
mounting or dismounting the machine.
• When getting into or out of the cab, don’t
use any control lever or door handle in the
cab as the handrail.
2 2 2
1-0
2. Seat adjusting
- 1 -11
-0
-11
-0
• 022
Uncomfortable seat position can easily lead 022 022
o2
ckto operator fatigue and operating mistake.
ck o2 ck o2
• The seat position should be adjusted upon
change of operator.
• Leaning against the backrest, operator shall
be able to operate the control lever properly.
Otherwise, the seat should be readjusted
by moving it forward or backward.
• It is prohibited to adjust the seat of the oper-
ator during driving, for the seat may move Fig 2-26
towards an unexpected direction.
-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

2-18 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

02
3. Seat -belt -02 -02
-11
• 02If2the overturn accident occurs, the opera- -11 -11
022 02 2
cko2 o2
k cab,
tor would get hurt or thrown out ofcthe ck o2
or get pressed by the overturning machine,
causing severe fatal accident.
• Before operating the machine, check the
safety belt carefully, to see if there’s any
broken or worn part in its belt, buckle and
fastener. If there is, change the damaged
part or the safety belt before operating the
machine.
Fig 2-27
• When the machine is running, sit on the
2
-0 the time with the safety belt fas-
seat 1all -02 -02
2-1 -11 -11
2 0 2
tened, 022
to minimize the chance of getting 02 2
cko hurt from accident. ck o2 ck o2
• Change the safety belt every 3 years, de-
spite of the condition is.

4. Before starting the engine

Before starting your daily work, the following items are to be observed prior to start of the engine.
• Check the levels of engine oil, hydraulic oil and coolant.
• Check if the lubrication points are lubricated properly.
• Check air filter for blocking
• check wires for damage.
2 02. 02
1-0gear selector to "0" positon or mid- position
• Set-1the 1 - 1 -
22 the seat to a position easy for operation;
•20Adjust 0 2 2-1 check seat belt and buckles for0damage
2 2-1 and
2 2
cko wear. cko cko
• Adjust the rear view mirrors so as to see clearly from the driver's seat what is happening behind
the motor grader.
• Clean the windows to ensure a good visibility.
• Clean the head lamps and work lights, and check them for regular functioning.

5. Starting the engine

Before starting the engine, make sure there is nobody under or around the grader. Sound the horn
for warning.
• Start or operate the grader on the operator's seat.
• No-one1 - 0is2 allowed to stay on the grader except 1the
- 02operator. 1 - 02
1 2-1 be a short circuit, which is dangerous 2-1and can
22 start the engine if you think there
•20Never 2 0 2
could 2 0 2
cko cause damage to the grader. cko cko
To understand proper starting steps of the grader, see:“Normal Start-up” on page 4-15.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-19

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

- 02 sufficient warm-up operation is necessary.

In cold weather,
1 1 - 02 Incomplete warm-up may result in slow
1 - 02
-1 accidents.
22and
reaction 22-
1
22-
1
o 20 o 20 o 20
k k k
cBefore starting, check the battery to see ifc the electrolyte is frozen or leaks. In casecof frozen elec-
trolyte, never charge the battery.

The use of jump-start must be carried out according to the instructions in operation section, see:
“Jump-start” on page 4-16. Improper operation can lead to battery explosion or grader out of con-
trol, hence personal injury and death.

NOTICE
Never use the jump-start personally. Or it may lead to serious incident. Contact Sany dealer if
necessary.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
-11
6. After22starting the engine 2 -11 2 -11
0 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
WARNING
Prior to operation, make sure you can properly control the speed, direction, braking, blade move.
Grader out of control can cause serious injury or death.

Observe the pressure gauges, instrument and warning lamps to ensure they are properly function-
ing, with all readings within specific ranges.

2.4.2 Requirements on Worksite

02
1. Working environments
- 02
and construction conditions
- -02
2-11 -11
2 the motor grader include: clearing the -11
Under02normal
2 conditions, the various purposes02of
2 2 022ground
ko fine level up, cracking old roads or hard
csill, ckogrounds. If it is used for other purposesckoro under envi-
ronments with potential dangers, such as, in areas like anoxic plateaus, inflammable or explosive
environment, or areas with asbestos dust, special safety regulations should be obeyed, and the
machine must be equipped with equipments applicable to equivalent purposes. The motor grader
is inapplicable for underground working conditions or bad ventilated environment.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

2-20 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

-02 the worksite in advance

2. Surveying -0 2 -02
22 -11
• 0Don’t 22 -11 2 -11
use the machine on the ground not
0 02
cko2 solid enough or with holes, nor useck o2
the ma- cko2
chine along the channel or incline road.
• Check the worksite and road conditions in
advance to prevent the machine from over-
turning, or even the ground, material stock-
pile or bank from collapse.

WARNING
The machine may roll over when working at
the ditch edge or on road shoulder, which
1 - 02in serious accidents. 1 - 02 -02
-11
Fig 2-28
21
may result
- 2 -1 2
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko • ck install
If the road materials will induce dust, ck
ventilation devices, water the pavement or
wear a gauze mask.
• Formulate a working plan. Reinforce the
ground, ditch edge and road shoulder ac-
cording to requirements. Use the machine
applicable to the work and construction site.
The soft foundation shall be reinforced be-
fore the operation.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
NOTICE
-11 -11 -11
2 022 especially alert when working on an2icy
022 022
o2
Keep
cko road, since the rise of the ambient tempera-
cko ck
ture will make the foundation soft and
slippery.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-21

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

3. Protection
1 - 02for stone blocks or macad- -02 -02
22-
1 2 -11 2 -11
am falling
0 02 02
o2
•ckWhen working at the places where
ck o
stone
2
ck o2
blocks or macadam can fall, the cab shall
be equipped with a guard net.
• Every operator shall wear a safety helmet
and protective goggles.

Fig 2-29
2 2 2
-1 1-0 -11
-0
-11
-0
2 2 2
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko
2.4.3 Before Operation
ck ck
Test the grader before operation.
• When conducting inspection, move the equipment to a spacious area without barriers and oper-
ate slowly. Any other person is not allowed to approach the equipment.
• Check the grader for abnormality such as abnormal noise, vibration, smoke, odor or gauge read-
ing and leakage.
• In case of any abnormality, stop operation and take corrective measures immediately.

NOTICE
When hearing2abnormal noise, first check the noise to2 see if it comes from inside. If it really 2
-0 -0 -0
-11 inside, shut down the grader immediately,
comes from
2 -11 or it may lead to further fault.
2 -11
2
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

2-22 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

-02Taveling
2.4.4 Safe -02 -02
22-11 22 -11 2 -11
20 driving the grader, the operator should
20 02
k o When
c observe the following provisions: c k o cko2
• It’s forbidden to carry people on the grader
except the operator.
• Its forbidden to mount or jump off a moving
grader.
• Operate the equipment only on the operator
’s seat. Keep the seat belt fastened and the
cab door closed during working.
• Do not adjust operator’s seat when driving
02
the machine.
1 - 1 -0 2 -02
-
• Drive1
22 the equipment slowly at the recom- 22 - 1 2 -11
2 0mended 2 0 02
cko
speed during abrupt turn. o
ck cko2
• Follow traffic rules consistently when driving
on public roads, i.e. turn on the head lamp Fig 2-30
and turn lamp (it is required to post the mark
of “Slowly-driving Vehicle”
at the rear end of the machine in some
countries). Never exceed the allowable
speed by the traffic rules and pay attention
to the driving distance after braking.
• Turn on head lamps and tail lamps when
02working at night.
1- a signalman on demand when -11-0
driving or 2 -02
- 1
• Appoint
22 22 2 -11
2 0working 2 0 02
cko • For the multi-machine operation, cuse ko
on a slope or on a road shoulder.
cko2
uni-
fied signals and appoint a signalman to or-
ganize the operation. In addition, make
sure all the workers obey the guide of the
signalman.

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-23

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2 personnel entering into

1. Avoiding-0other -02 -02
1 1 -11 -11
22- area
the working
2 0 2 02 2 022
o o
c•kPersons may be knocked down by theckre- ck o2
volving working device, or shoved on other
objects, hence resulting in serious personal
injury or death.
• All the people except the operator should
keep away from the working and revolving
areas of the machine.

Fig 2-31

02 02 -02
2 - 11- the machine from being out 2-11-
2. Preventing
2 -11
202
of control 202 o2
02
cko cko ck
To prevent the machine from being out of
control:
• Park the machine on the level ground.
• Don’t park the machine on the inclined
slope.
• Lower the blade, front dozer plate (optional)
and rear scarifier (optional) to the ground
Fig 2-32
• Idle the engine for 5 min to make the en-
gine cool.
• -02 Remove the key.
Stop the engine. -02 -02
• -11
Park22the machine at an appropriate dis- 2 -11 2 -11
20 away from other machines. 02 02
c k o
tance
ck o2 ck o2

WARNING
If you try to climb on or block the traveling
machine, a serious accident may occur.
Never park the grader on the slope, and park
it on the level ground.

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

2-24 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

02
3. Safe -reversing and blade turning -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
o 202 sure the machine is clear of people
Make
o
02
2be- o2
02
ck fore reversing or turning the blade. Or
ck it may ck
cause severe personal injury or death.

In order to avoid accidents during the process

of reversing and blade turning:
• Make sure the machine is clear of people
before reversing.
• Keep the travel alarm (if equipped) in work-
Fig 2-33
ing state.
• Keep watch whether someone appears in
-02 area. Alarm bystanders by horn
the working -0 2 -0 2
22 other -11 the2-11 2-11
2 0or signals before moving
02 02
cko machine. ck o2 cko2
• When reversing, if the visibility is poor, a
signalman is required.

4. Avoiding overturning
• The overturning of the machine is quicker than your jumping.
• Fasten the seat belt securely.
• Overturning easily occurs during operating on the slope, which may result in serious
accidents.

WARNING
1 - 02 1 - 0 2
1 - 02
Don’t- try to jump off the overturning machine to-1avoid severe injury or death due to crushing.
1
0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2 2-1
2 2 2
cko cko cko
2.4.5 Safe Parking

1. Requirements on parking area

When parking the grader, the operator should observe the following items:
• Try to park the grader on flat and solid ground.
• Try to park the grader indoors, avoiding insolation or drenching.
• Don’t try to park the grader on a slope.

2. Parking rules
• 02 the parking steps to park the grader. See:“Stopping
Follow
1- 02 1-
the Machine” on page 4-48. 02
1-
-1 -1 -1
2 022 2022 2022
cko cko cko

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-25

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 accidents:
In order to avoid -0 2 -02
• -11
22the blade, front dozer plate (optional) 2-11 2-11
Lower
0 02 02
o2
ckand rear scarifier (optional) to the ground.
ck o2 ck o2

Fig 2-34

• Park the machine on flat and solid ground. Use the step and handrail to dismount the machine.

• -02 the machine on a slope,

When parking -0 2 -02
-11
22the front and rear tires with blocks to 2-11 2-11
chock
20 slip. 02 02
c k o
avoid
ck o2 ck o2

Fig 2-35

2.5 Precautions for Using the Blade

0 2 -0 2 -02
11- Capacity of Blade
2.5.1 Bearing
2 - -11 -11
202 2 022 2 022
ko
cCorrectly c o
choosing the slewing angle and kscraping
cko to affect
angle of blade is an important factor
the optimal efficiency of the motor grader. It is better to adopt a larger slewing angle, so as to
achieve stronger excavation force in unit working width; the small scraping angle can reduce cut-
ting resistance, while the large scraping angle can improve flatness and effect.

2.5.2 Moving the Blade

• When the blade tips leftward and rightward for 90°, the left and right blade lift cylinders must act
with the blade swing cylinder synchronously. It’s prohibited to operate with force, or to allow one
or two oil cylinders to arrive at their strokes while another oil cylinder hasn’t acted, which may re-
2
sult in the interference
-0
between the oil cylinder and2the frame and even damage to the oil2
-0 -0
-11
cylinder.
2 22-
11
22-
11
02 20 20
ck o2 cko cko

2-26 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

-02 - 02 -02
-11 2-1
WARNING1 -11
2 022 2 0 2 2 022
cko cko cko
When sliding the blade leftward or rightward, if the blade is loaded with rigid objects, stop operat-
ing the blade. Or it may cause damage to the blade slide cylinder.

2.5.3 Placing the Blade

Place the blade at a proper position which

shouldn't exceed the left and right tires during
traveling.

-02 - 02 -02
2 -11 2
1
-1 Fig 2-36
2 -11
202 202 o2
02
cko cko ck
2.5.4 Dangerous Obstacles

When sliding the blade leftward or rightward, if the blade is impacted by load, the blade slide cylin-
der may be damaged.

2.5.5 Prohibited Blade Working Range

When turning the blade 360°, operate the blade carefully to prevent the blade damaging the tire,
frame and front axle steering tie rod.

1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
2 -1
2.62Maintenance Precautions
2 2-1 2 -11
2 0 2 0 02
cko 2.6.1 Basic Rules cko cko2

• It is forbidden to use a damaged grader or the grader with potential troubles.

• Only the qualified and authorized maintenance staff can maintain the machine.
• Observe the maintenance regulations.

2.6.2 Lockout/Tagout Procedures

Only authorized employees performing repairs on the grader shall perform Lockout/Tagout in ac-
cordance with the procedure listed below.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-27

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

If the employee
1 - 02 performing repairs to the 1 - 02 -02
1
grader 2is2-issued a lock and key, the employee 22-
1 2 -11
2 0 2 0 02
ko not share the lock or key with othercem-
cshall ko ck o2
ployees until all repair procedures are com-
plete and the machine is ready to put back
into service.

The following steps shall be performed in the

sequence listed when the motor grader is to
be lockedout and tagged-out for service or
repair.
Fig 2-37

0 2 -02 -02
11-of service
Locking out
- -11 -11
022all employees who may be potentially20affected
• Notify
2 22 22 motor
by the repair or maintenance on20the
o
ckgrader. o ck o ck
• Secure the machine in a safe position. Set the parking brake to "stop" position.
• Identify, remove or disconnect all power or energy sources and be sure to install a Lockout/ Tag-
out device on them.
• Be sure all employees involved in the repairs have installed the lock on the power source before
performing any repairs. Once an employee has completed the repair procedure, they must re-
move the lock and not access the motor grader in any manor.

Returning to service
• The authorized person who performed the lock out/tag out procedure shall check the area
02 to ensure that no one is exposed to
around the-grader 2 hazard before start- up.
-0any -02
• 2-11
The 2authorized -11
22 out/ tag out shall ensure that all guards
person who performed the lock 22 have -11
o 20 reinstalled to their proper place, all tools
o 20 and equipment have been removed oand
20 all locks
c kbeen
c k c k
are removed.
• The authorized person who performed the lock out/tag out shall verify that all controls are in the
neutral or “0” position and all personnel are aware of the time the grader will be back in service.
• Remove the Lockout/Tagout mechanisms and all tags and re-energize the grader for return to
service.

2.6.3 Maintenance Area

CAUTION
1 -
If a clean, tidy 02working area cannot be guaranteed, there
1 - 02 would be danger of tipping, thus result-
1 - 02
2 2-1 injury.
ing in0personal 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1
2 2 2
cko cko cko
• For maintenance work, select a spacious, clean and flat area with ample sunlight and good
ventilation.

2-28 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

• Clean the2 working area by removing fuel, lubricant2and water, and covering slippery ground 2with
1 -0 11 -0 11 -0
2-1 or other absorptive materials.
sand
02 22- 22-
2 20 20
cko 2.6.4 Washing the Machine cko cko

When washing the equipment, always do as follows.

• Wear non-slip shoes to prevent yourself from slipping on the wet surface.
• When using high-pressure steam to wash the equipment, always wear protective clothing. This
will protect you from being hit by high-pressure water, and cutting your skin or getting mud or
dust into your eyes.
• Never spray water directly on to the electrical system (sensors, connectors). If water gets into
the electrical system, there is danger that it will cause defective operation and malfunction.

1- 02 -02 -02
2.6.5 1Self-preparation
2 - 2-11 2-11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko Only approved personnel can maintain
ck or repair the equipment. An observer could
ck be assigned if
necessary.

Wear protective clothing and shoes necessary for the job.

• Wear rubber apron and rubber gloves when handling corrosive materials. Wear heavy gloves
when handling wooden materials, wire ropes or sharp-edged metals.
• Wear a face shield when disassembling spring or elastic parts, or adding acid to battery.
• Wear safety hat and goggles when you weld or cut with a torch.
• Never carry out grinding, flame cutting or welding without aspirator and ventilation equipment.

2 the Tool Properly

2.6.6 Using
-0 -02 -02
-11 -11 -11
022proper tools and use them correctly. Using
Use
2 2 022 damaged, inferior, defective, temporary
2 022tools or us-
cko ing the tools incorrectly could lead to serious
cko accidents. cko

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-29

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-
Be careful when
1 02 using the following kinds of -0 2 -0 2
tool. 22-
1 2 -11 2 -11
2 0 2 02 02
o o
c•k When using spanner to disassemble cbolts
k ck o2
and nuts, please refer to the torque table.
See“Requirements of Oil and Fluids” on
page 5-7.
• When using instrument for measuring,
please follow the instructions that the instru-
ment demands.
• When using gas cutting or gas welding
equipment, make sure that the work won't
lead to explosion or reduce the precise
2 2 2
1-0
parts precision.
1
- grinding wheel to burnish parts, 22 -11
-0
-11
-0
• When
0 2 2using 0 02 2
o2 o2
ckit is prohibited to stay at the tangent ofckthe Fig 2-38 ck o2
grinding wheel.

2.6.7 Maintenance with Engine Running

In most cases, the engine should be shut down prior to the maintenance work. If maintenance has
to be done on a running engine, there should be at least two people handling the maintenance by
observing the following items:
• One person should always be seated in operator's seat and ready to shut down the engine at
any time. All personnel must keep in touch.
• 02 brake to "STOP" position in order to
Place the parking
1- 02prevent movement of work implement. 0If2
1- 1-
1 used, send signal to others and warn 2them
it must2-be -1 to move quickly to a safe area. -1
0 2 0 2 022
o 2 extreme attention to rotating partscklike
•ckPay o 2 fan and conveyor belt, people mayckget
o 2caught by
them when staying close.

WARNING
Never leave or insert any tool or other ob-
jects in fan or conveyor belt, which may
cause the parts to break or fly .

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2
Fig 2-39

2-30 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

-02
2.6.8 Maintaining under the Grader -02 -02
22-11 -11 -11
20 022 022
cko • If o 2 be
the grader or the attachments must
ck cko2
raised up for maintenance, support the
grader or work implemt with multiple jacks
or iron columns.
• No maintenance shall be carried out before
the grader is well supported. Ensure that
the the grader and attachments are safely,
stably and reliably supported.

WARNING
- 0 2hollow bricks or wood chip to sup- -Fig
02
2-40
-02
Never use1
1 grader. Never use the device which2-1 1 -11
2
port
0 2-the 02 022
o 2may slide to support the grader. Nevero 2use o2
ck ck ck
slag bricks, hollow tires or shelves to support
the grader, as they may collapse under con-
tinuous load.

2.6.9 Maintaining in Noisy Environment

If noise of the grader is too big, it will cause

permanent or temporary hearing disability.

When maintaining the engine, wear ear plug if

2 2 2
1-0to work in noise for a long time.
you have
-1 -11
-0
-11
-0
2 2 2
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck

Fig 2-41
-02 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-31

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 Paint before Welding or Heating

2.6.10 Removing -02 -0 2
22-11 22 -11 22 -11
0 20 20 or gas
c o2
•kPoisonous gas will be produced by painto heating
k c ko
during the fusion welding, soldering
c
torch application.
• Remove the paint outdoors or in well- ventilated area.
• If using sand paper or grinding wheels to remove the paint, wear a qualified respirator to protect
yourself from inhaling dust.
• If the solvent or the rust remover is used, the paint and solvent shall be handled in a proper way.
Wait for at least 15 minutes for volatilization of volatile gas before welding or heating.

2.6.11 Correct Welding

The correct welding2 procedures must be used to protect-0the

2 electronic control device and the bear-
1 - 0 1 1 - 02
2 1 comply with the following procedures: 2-1 2-1
ings from-being damaged. When carrying out welding on the grader equipped with the electronic
2 0
control 2device, 2 0 2 2 0 2
o
c•kStop o cko
the engine, and remove the key . ck
• Remove the negative cable of the battery. Never use the grounding point of electric spare part
(including electric control modules or sensors) as the grounding point of the electric welder.
• Clip the components to be welded with the grounding wire clamp of the welder. Set the clamp
near the welding point to make sure the current flow is away from the key components, such as
transmission system bearing, hydraulic parts, electrical parts, and so on.
• Protect the wire harness from contacting scraps and splashes produced during the welding.
• Weld the materials together by following standard welding process.

02 WARNING
02 02
1 1 - 1 - 1 -
If welding
2 2- or other operations inducing abundant 2 -1 or open fire are required, oil in the2oil
2heat 2-1tank
2 0 2 0 2 0
ko be drained out completely, and dry
should
cdanger c kito as well. Or it may catch fire during welding,
c ko and en-
the worker's safety.

CAUTION
Welding near the plastic and rubber materials is forbidden, such as, near the scraper made by
polyurethane, for toxic fume will be produced and it will do harm to the worker's health.

2.6.12 No Heating beside Hydraulic Pipeline

• -02 the pressure pipe will produce combustible

Heating beside
11 -02 spray, which may cause the operator
11 -02 11
22- bystanders to be seriously burned.
and the
0 0 2 2- 0 2 2-
o 2 welding, soldering or usage of gas
c•kFusion
2
cko torch beside hydraulic pipeline or other
ckocombustible
2
materials are not allowed.

2-32 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

• 2 heat goes beyond the direct combustion2area, the hydraulic pipeline may be cut off
When the 2 at
1-0 1 -0 1 -0
2 2-1time. Establish a temporary fire protective
any
2 2-1sleeve when performing fusion welding2-or1 solder-
02
o 20ing to protect hoses or other materials.o 20 2
ck ck cko
2.6.13 No Heating the Pipes with Combustible Liquid

• Welding or gas cutting of the pipeline or

hose with combustible liquid is not allowed.
• Remove the combustible liquid completely
with noncombustible solvent before welding
or gas cutting the pipeline.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
Fig 2-42

2.6.14 Correctly Operating the Hydraulic System

• Periodical maintenance to the hydraulic system is very important. The hydraulic system of the
motor grader works under high oil pressure, small damages and cracks at the rubber hose and
the adaptor will cause disastrous results. As the hydraulic tube is made up of rubber, cracks will
appear after a certain period; in any circumstances, if the service life of the rubber tube is uncer-
tain, replace it with a new rubber hose provided by Sany.
02 02 02
• 11-fill oil directly to the hydraulic oil tank,1otherwise
Never
2-
1-
2-
-
the cleanness of the hydraulic11system
2-
2 0 2
may be influenced, and the valid life of 2
the0 2
equipment may be reduced! When 2
filling 0 2
the hydraulic
c k o k o
c a filtration precision of 10µm. c k o
oil tank, use a filtering equipment with
• Make sure the pressure control valve is set correctly. High pressure will result in hydraulic line
leakage. Low pressure will result in difficult operation of the grade .
• Adjustment of the system pressure, main oil pump as well as assemble & disassemble or re-
place the valve block only can be done under the instruction of a hydraulic engineer or an after-
sales engineer. Unauthorized persons are forbidden to adjust by themselves.
• As the rubber hose is an easily-corrosive product, do not store it for a long time.
• When dismantling the oil pipes, close the port and keep the hydraulic pipes clean.
• Check the filter element frequently .
• 2 parts are essential to the system. Use
The hydraulic 2 the original hydraulic parts produced by2our
-0 -0 -0
-11
company.
22 22-
11
22-
11
.20 20 20
cko cko cko

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-33

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 of High-pressure Liquid

2.6.15 Be Care -02 -02
22 -11 -11 -11
0 022 02 2
c o 2 hydraulic system
•kThe o2
may still have pres-
ck ck o2
sure even when operation has been
stopped; such liquid as diesel oil and hy-
draulic oil spurting out under pressure may
penetrate the skin or eyes resulting in seri-
ous injury, blindness or even death.
• Release pressure before disassembling the
hydraulic parts or other pipelines to avoid
dangers caused by high-pressure liquid.
• Fasten all joints before the pressurizing.
-02 02 -02
2-11 2 11-2-43
-Fig 2 -11
02 02 02
o2
c•kWear protective goggles, masks and gloves
ck o2 ck o2
when checking the hydraulic system. Use
cardboard when checking for leaks.

Fig 2-44

-02
1 hands and body from contacting with -02 -02
• Protect-1your
22 -11 high-pressure liquid. If the hydraulic -liquid
22
112
20 onto the skin or into the eyes, seek 2medical
0 02
spatters
c•kIfo any liquid jets into skin, remove it within
care immediately.
o2
ckoseveral hours by surgical treatment from
ck a professio-
nal surgeon.

2.6.16 Regularly Replacing the Rubber Hoses

Rubber hoses with combustible liquid may break under pressure due to ageing and excessive
abrasion. The ageing and abrasion of the rubber hoses are difficult to be judged only through
check. Regularly replace the rubber hose.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

2-34 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

-02
2.6.17 Avoiding 02
Scald by High-temperature-Liquid -02
22 -11 22 -11 2 -11
20 0 02
c o 2en-
ko • After operation, the cooling water inkthe
c ck o2
gine turns hot with pressure, and the water
pipes of the engine and the radiator are full
of hot water and vapor. Avoid scald by pos-
sibly jetting hot water. Hot water or vapor
overflowed will result in serious cald.
• Before removing the radiator cover, stop
the engine and let the system cool down.
The radiator cover could only be removed
after the cooling fluid has cooled down.
• -02
The hydraulic oil tank is pressurized after - 02 -02
-11 -1 1 Fig 2-45 -11
022 022 02 2
operation. Release the pressure before re-
2 2 o2
cko moving the cover. cko ck
• The engine, gear and hydraulic oil will turns
hot during operation; meanwhile, the en-
gine, hose, pipeline and other parts will turn
hot. Check or maintain the equipment after
the oil and parts cool down.

2.6.18 Preventing Battery from Explosion

• The battery contains toxic and corrosive

2
sulfuric 0acid. 2 2
1- may spatter into eyes, which -11-0 -0
If the battery explodes, the

22 - 1
electrolyte
22 2 -11
2 0may 2 0 02
cko before checking the electrolyte. cko
cause blindness. Always wear goggles
ck o2

Fig 2-46

• Wear gloves when operating on the battery. Battery electrolyte is strongly corrosive. If your cloth-
02 02 02
11- skin are contaminated by electrolyte,1flush
ing and
2- seek medical treatment immediately.022-
1- immediately with large amount of water
11- and
2-
2 0 2
then 2 202
cko cko cko

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-35

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 - 02 - 02
2 2 -11 WARNING
2 2-1
1
2 2-1
1
2 0 2 0 2 0
ko charge a frozen battery, which mayclead
Don’t
cThe ko to explosion. Warm the battery to 16℃ c koat first .
gas which produced by the battery is easily explosive; if the battery is very close to open fire
or sparkle, explosion will possibly occur.

• Take extreme care when installing and replacing battery so as to avoid short circuit. When re-
moving the connection of the battery, first cut off the negative terminal.
• When charging the battery, first cut off the power supply of the charger before connecting the
charger with the cable of the battery.

2.6.19 Preventing Components from Flying Out

1- 02 02 -02
Since the 1
2 - components may fly out, keep your
2 - 11- 2-11
2 face away from the valve body to202
body20and 02
o
k injury.
cavoid cko cko2

Fig 2-47

0 2 -02 -02
11-Storage of Parts
2.6.20 Safe
2 - 2 -11 2-11
o 202 o 2 02
o2
02
c•kThe stored parts may fall off, resulting inckse- ck
vere injury or death.
• Store the parts and instruments properly to
prevent them from falling. Keep children
and other persons away from the storage
area.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 Fig 2-48
cko2

2-36 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

-02 Treatment of Liquid

2.6.21 Safe -02 -02
22 -11 22 -11 2 -11
20 20 02
cko • No smoking when refilling the fuel tank.
ko c cko2

Fig 2-49

1 - 02 -02 -02
• Stop
2 2-1 the engine before refilling. 2 -11 2 -11
0
•2 Refill outdoors. 02 02
cko • ck o2 cko2
Store the combustible liquid away from the places where fire easily bursts out.
• Don’t burn or pierce the pressure container.
• Don’t store the oily cloth for it is easily ignited or easily burns spontaneously.

2.6.22 Safe Treatment of Chemicals

• Contacting hazardous chemicals directly will cause serious personal injury. The chemicals used
for this equipment include lubricant, coolant, paint and adhesive.
• Check and understand the hazardous character of the chemical before using it. Use recom-
mended instrument in accordance with the regulations.
-02 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
202 Proper Disposal of Wastes
2.6.23
o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck
• The improper disposal of wastes will en-
danger the environment and ecology. The
toxic substances hidden in the equipment
of Sany involve oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid,
filter and battery and so on.
• Use a leak-proof container to drain fluid.
Never use the container used for food or
drink.
• Never pour waste fluid on the ground, into Fig 2-50
1 - 02 or any water sources. -02 -02
1
the sewer
22- 2 -11 2 -11
•20Consult the local environmental 202
protection
o2
02
cko k o
or recycle center or your appointedcdistribu- ck
tor for correct recycle and disposal methods
of wastes.
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-37
 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2.7 Keeping2 Away from Dangerous Area 2 2

-0 -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
• When
2 022debuging or operating the work im- 02 2 02 2
o
ckplement, never o2
stay between the workckim- ck o2
plement and the cab. Or it may cause
personal injury or death due to work imple-
ment rotation.

Fig 2-51

• The blade rotates or moves upward and

02 -0 2 -0 2
11- Keep away from the working
downward.
2- 2 -11 2-11
o 202of the moldboard to prevent the feet202
area
o2
02
ckfrom being crushed. cko ck

Fig 2-52

2.8 Replacing the Key Components

1 - 02 1 - 02 1 - 02
0 2 2 1 key components regularly, such 0as22service
Replace -the -1 brake shoe which will
0 2 21
adversely -affect
2 running of the machine due to seriousowear.
safety 2 2
cko ck cko
After the machine is used for a certain time, its braking effect may be not good because the brake
shoe is worn. Adjust the brake and replaced worn parts as required. For details of adjustment and
replacement, see: “Maintaining the Circle Drive” on page 5-43.

2.9 Safe Transportation

2.9.1 Load/Unload the Grader

When loading or unloading the grader from the truck or platform trailer, the grader may overturn.

-02or platform trailer with suitable size and-load

Provide a truck 02 to transport the grader. -0 2
2-11 2 -11 2-11
202 during the loading/unloading of the20grader.
Precautions
o
2
o2
02
c•kChoose the solid and level ground. cko ck
• Use a platform or access ramp.

2-38 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Safety

• Assign 0a2signalman to guide the loading/ unloading 02 of the grader. 02

1 - 1 - 1 -
-1 it is quite dangerous to steer on the2access
• Since -1 ramp, avoid steering downhill or uphill.
-1 If nec-
022 0 2
2 essary, drive the grader back to the ground 022
2 and correct the direction before driving
2on the access
cko ramp.
c ko c ko
• Carefully drive over the connection between the access ramp and the platform.
• For more details on how to load and unload the grader, see:“Preparation before Loading” on
page 4-49.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 2-53

2.9.2 Transporting the Grader

Observe the local laws and regulations when transporting the machine by highway.

Chock the wheels with triangle wood blocks and fasten the grader with wire rope during the trans-
portation by2 sea and by road. Besides, drain the water
1 - 0 1 - 02 tank of the diesel engine, reserve some1 - 02fuel
0 2 2-1 unloading and transportation, and
for loading,
0 2
1 disconnect the circuit between the battery
2-then 0 2 2-1 and
2 frame. For detailed information, see: “Transportation”
the 2 on page 4-50. 2
cko cko cko

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 2-39

 Safety STG230C-8S Motor Grader

Fig 2-54
-02 -0 2 -02
2 2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
2.1020Hoisting 02 02
cko
the Grader
ck o2 ck o2
• Before the hoisting or transporting the
grader, fasten the articulation steering with
tie rod. On every machine there is a hoisting
point. Adopt qualified hooks and ropes, and
adjust the crane to a proper position, lifting
the machine horizontally.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 2-55

• The total weight of the grader is marked on the hoisting label. When hoisting the machine, check
the weight on the label and work in consistence with the safety regulation of the crane.
• When tying down the front part of the machine, thread the rope through the draw hook on the
front frame (or front dozer plate).
• When tying down the rear part of the machine, thread the rope through the draw hook on the
rear frame.
1 - 02 1 - 02 1 - 02
0 2 2-1
2.11 Towing the Grader Safely
0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1
2 2 2
ko grader needs to be towed if it is shortckofo diesel oil, hydraulic oil or it has systematic
cThe cko malfunc-
tion. For the sake of safety, it only can be towed within a short distance at a low speed after the
brake is released. The distance of continuous towing should be no more than 10km and the run-
ning speed should be no more than 10km/h.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

2-40 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

System Functions

-02 Functions...........................................................................................................3-1
3 System
1 -02 1 -02 1
2 -1
3.1 2General 2-1 2-1
Structure..................................................................................................................3-3
2 2
0 0 0
2 3.1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................3-3
2 2
cko cko cko
3.1.2 Frame............................................................................................................................3-5
3.1.3 Swing Support .............................................................................................................3-6
3.1.4 Transmission & Rear Axle Assembly .......................................................................3-7
3.1.5 Front Axle Assembly...................................................................................................3-7
3.1.6 Work Implement .........................................................................................................3-8
3.1.7 Engine...........................................................................................................................3-8
3.2 Cab Configuration and Console..........................................................................................3-9
3.2.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................3-9
3.2.2 Master Switch of Power Supply ............................................................................. 3-10
2 Control Panel...................................................................................................3-11
3.2.3-0Front - 02 - 02
1 1
-1 Right Control Panel.................................................................................................. 1
0 2 23.2.4 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1 3-17
2 2 2
cko 3.2.5 A/C Control Panel ....................................................................................................
cko cko 3-22
3.2.6 Back-up Alarm .......................................................................................................... 3-24
3.2.7 Steering Wheel ......................................................................................................... 3-24
3.2.8 Horn Button ............................................................................................................... 3-25
3.2.9 Control Console Lean Control................................................................................ 3-26
3.2.10 Service Brake Control Pedal ................................................................................ 3-27
3.2.11 Cab Lamp ................................................................................................................ 3-27
3.2.12 Seat.......................................................................................................................... 3-28
3.3 SYCD Screen ..................................................................................................................... 3-29
3.4 Work Implement Control ................................................................................................... 3-35
-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-1

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

3-2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

3.System
02 Functions 2 2
- -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
2 022 022 022
cko 3.1 General Structure ck o2 cko2
3.1.1 Introduction

The Sany motor grader with a compact structure and proper distribution mainly comprises power
system, transmission system, work implement, hydraulic system, control system, electrical system
and basic structural components. The transmission path is as follows: engine → hydraulic trans-
mission → rear axle → tandem drive case → wheel. See below figure for its structure.

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-3

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-0 2 -0 2 -02
32-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

cko2 ck o2 cko2
2

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 0132
o2 o2 o2
18 16 15
ck 17
ck 14
ck

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
Fig 2 02 02 02
o2 o2
3-1
cko ck ck
1. Front counterweight assembly 10. Air conditioning system
2. Electrical system 11. Fuel and hydraulic oil tank
3. Frame 12. Power system
4. Work implement 13. Rear counterweight assembly
5. Circle drive 14. Rear axle assembly
6. Swing support 15. Transmission
7. Hydraulic system 16. Blade
8. Work implement control 17. Front axle assembly
2 02 2
-1 1-0 1 -
-11
-0
9. Cab assembly
02 2 0 2 21
18.-Wheel
02 2
o2
k technical characteristics
cMain cko
2
cko2

High efficiency , energy saving, reliability, convenience

3-4 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

-02 transmission
1. Hydraulic -02 -0 2
2 2-11 2 -11 2 -11
o •20Equipped o 202
with electro-hydraulic power transmission 202
for easy operation and comfort.
o
ck • Equipped with energy-saving and reliable
ck power system with emission of Tierc3. k

2. Reliable and stable work implement

• Work implements and wear parts of the blade with a long service life ensure high accuracy of
working.

3. Easy maintenance

• Centralized daily repair and maintenance points and self-diagnostic function reduce the time for
shutdown and troubleshooting.

1 - 02 -02 -0 2
3.1.2-1Frame -11 -11
2 022 02 2 022
cko o2
ckmainly
As shown in right figure, the frame are ck o2
composed of front frame (1) and rear frame
(2), which are articulated by upper pin(3) and 1

lower pin(4). The front frame can achieve left

and right articulation steering within a small 3
turning radius. The front frame can go through
narrow areas easily and turn around fast. 2

The frame is the main support and stressed 4

member, and also the mounting foundation of

all parts.
-0 2 -02 -0 2
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
Fig 3-2

cko2 ck o2 o2
ck pin
1. Front frame 3. Upper
2. Rear frame 4. Lower pin

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-5

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2
3.1.3 Swing-0Support -0 2 -02
22 -11 22 -11 2 -11
20 in the figure, swing support ois20 02
Aso shown
cmounted in the middle of the front frame.ckIt is
k ck o2
mainly composed of swing support (1), fork
assembly (2) and sleeve (3), etc.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 Fig 3-3 ck o2
1. Swing support 3. Sleeve
2. Fork assembly

The main functions of the swing support are

as follows:
• As shown in right figure, support the work
implement. Blade lift cylinders(1) and blade
oscillation cylinder (2) are mounted on the
02
1- could swing around its bear- -11-0
swing support. 2 -02
• Swing 22 - 1
support
22 2 -11
2 0 2 0 02
cko cko
ing center to increase the distance between
ck o2
the drawbar and the blade sideshift and
make the blade turn over 90° at most.

Fig 3-4

1. Blade lift cylinder 2. Blade oscillation

cylinder

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

3-6 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

-02
3.1.4 Transmission & Rear Axle Assembly -02 -0 2
22 -11 22 -11 2-11
20 transmission & real axle assemblyocom-
20 02
k o The
k
c prises hydraulic transmission (1), drive
c shaft ck o2
(2) and rear axle assembly (3) as shown in
the right figure.

Fig 3-5
-02 - 02 - 02
2-11 2
1
-1 1. Hydraulic -1 1
3. Rear axle2assembly
02 02 0 2
o2 o2 2
transmission
ck ck 2. Drive shaft cko

3.1.5 Front Axle Assembly

As shown in right figure, front axle assembly

is mainly composed of axle frame (1), steering
rod (2), left steering knuckle (3), right steering
knuckle (6), left tilt angle knuckle (5) and right
tilt angle knuckle (4).

The front axle is mainly used to transfer the

- 2
0motion from the hydraulic steering 1-0
2 -0 2
force and1 -11
0 2
system2-1 to the steering knuckles (3 and 4)0on
2 2-1 02 2
2 o2 o2
cko the both sides of the front axle, whichckmakes ck
the front wheels lean or steer so as to reduce
Fig 3-6
wheel slippage.
1. Axle frame 5. Left tilt angle
If the front axle lean is required in special con-
knuckle
dition, operate the control lever to lean the 2. Steering rod
6. Right tilt angle
front axle leftward or rightward. 3. Left steering knuckle
knuckle
4. Right steering
knuckle

-02 -02 -0 2
2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-7

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02
3.1.6 Work-Implement -0 2 -02
22 -11 22 -11 2 -11
20 in right figure, work implement are 20 02
Asoshown
k k o
cmainly composed of draw bar (1), circlecturn ck o2
(2), and blade carrier (3).

• Drawbar is used to connect the blade and

the circle turn with the frame, and transfer
the power from the frame to the circle turn,
then to the blade.

-02 02 -02
2 -11 2 11-3-7
-Fig -11
02 02 022
ck o2 cko2 1. Draw bar
c o
2
3. Blade kcarrier
2. Circle turn

• Circle turn is used to turn the blade.

• Blade carrier is used to fix the blade, and realize blade angle control and blade extension and
retraction.

3.1.7 Engine

The engine is mounted in the rear frame. Re-

fer to your engine
- 0 2 manual for complete details -0 2 -02
-11
of the engine.
2 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

-02 - 02 -02
2 -11 1 1
22-Fig 3-8 2 -11
02 0 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

3-8 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

3.2 Cab 2Configuration and Console 2 2

-0 -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
022 Introduction
3.2.1 022 022
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
Locations of control device and control panel.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 10 2 -11
202 202 o2
02
cko cko k
c11

12

13
14

15
16
17

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 18
02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
Fig 3-9

1. Operation control 6. Service brake pedal 11.Seat 16.Cruise control

handle switch
7. Throttle pedal 12.Gear selector
2. Console pedal Con- 17.Control box switch
8. Operation control 13.Power switch
trol panel group
lever
14.A/C control panel
3. Front switch group 18.A/C evaporator (Ac-
9. Sleeve
15.Variable power tual positions of parts
4. Display screen
10.Cab floor switch may be different)
5. Steering wheel

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-9

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

3.2.2 Master 2
-0Switch of Power Supply -02 -02
22-11 22 -11 2 -11
20master switch of power supply ois20 02
The
k o ck of
cmounted on the rear frame on the inside 关 OFF ck o2
the guard plate below the cab.

It is provided with 2 positions: ON and OFF.

开 ON 开 ON
ON

Before the engine is started, the switch

must be turned to ON.

OFF 关 OFF
When the switch is turned to OFF, the
circuit system-0is2 cut off. 02
Fig -3-10 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
202 the circuit system or other parts oof202
To repair
o o2
02
k machine, turn the switch to OFF.
cthe ck ck
If the machine will be left unused for one day
or longer, turn the switch to OFF. Otherwise,
the storage battery may discharge.

NOTICE
When the engine is running, never turn the
switch to OFF. The circuit system will be
damaged seriously.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

3-10 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

-02 Control Panel

3.2.3 Front -02 -0 2
22 -11 22 -11 2-11
20consist of SYCD screen (1) and front oswitch
20 02
k o It
c group (2). c k cko2

-02 -02 -0 2
2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
Fig 3-11

1. SYCD screen 2. Switch group

1. Turn light switch

3
Turn on the turn lights (1) when steering. The
mounting position is as shown in right figure. 2 1
The turn lights (1) is located on the front frame 3
(2). One is on the left and one on the right.

-02 -02 -0 2
2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 1 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 3-12

1. Turn lights 3. Front working lights

2. Front frame

-02 -02 -0 2
2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-11

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

• -0 2
Shift the 1combination -0 2 -02
-11 -11
switch (1) upwards:
-1
2 light and right turn indicator (2) 2 2
02turn
right 02 02
o2
ckflashes. cko2 ck o2
• Shift the combination switch (1) to the neu-
tral position: turn off the turn lights. 1
• Shift the combination switch (1) down-
wards: left turn light and left turn indicator
(3) flashes. 3 2

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 Fig 3-13
ck o2
1. Combination switch 3. Left turn indicator
2. Right turn indicator

2. Forward working light switch

The forward working light is used to illuminate

the front area of the blade. The mounting posi-
tion is as shown in. One is on the left and one
on the right. 1

• 2 of the switch(1): turn on the

Press the right
0 02 2
1 - 1 - -0
forward
2 2-1working lights. 2 2-1 2 -11
0 0 02
o 2 the left of the switch (1): turn offckthe
• Press
ckforward o2 ck o2
working lights.
Fig 3-14

1. Forward working
light switch

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

3-12 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

-02 working light switch

3. Cab bottom -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
o 202 cab bottom forward working light iso used
The 202 o2
02
ck to illuminate the rear area of the blade.
ck The ck
mounting position is as shown in the right fig-
ure. One is on the left and one on the right.

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 3-15 cko2

• Press the right of the switch(1): turn on the

cab bottom working light switch.
• Press the left of the switch (1): turn off the
cab bottom working light switch.

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 3-16
cko2
1. Cab bottom working
light switch

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-13

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 switch
4. Service light -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
202 lights(2) is used to illuminate the front
Service
o o 202 o2
02
k of the grader in bad visibility. The mount-
carea ck c1k
ing position is as shown in right figure. There 2
is one light at each side of the frame (1).

-02 2
0 -02
Fig1-3-17
2 -11 2-1 -11
202 202 2 022
cko cko 1. Frame 2. Servicekolights
c
• Shift the combination switch (1) forwards:
turn on the high beam of service lights.
• Shift the combination switch (1) to the neu-
tral position: turn off the low beam of service
lights.
• Shift the combination switch (1) backwards:
turn on the low beam of service lights.
• Rotate the combination switch (1) to OFF,
the backlight2 of rocker switches will be
1 - 0 1 - 02 -02
2 1 Rotate the combination switch 022-1
turned -off.
2 2 -11
0
(1)2 to position (2) and (3), the backlight oof2 02
cko ck ck o2
rocker switches will be turned on.
Fig 3-18

1. Combination switch 3. Position to turn on

the backlight of rocker
2. Position to turn on
switches
the backlight of rocker
switches

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

3-14 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

-02flasher switch
5. Hazard -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
o 202 lights are used to alert other vehicles
Hazard
o 202 o2
02
ck or pedestrians that something special
ck has ck
happened to the vehicle.

-02 - 02 -02
-11 1 -11
Fig 3-19
2 2 -1 2
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 A. Turning lights
cko2
The hazard flasher switch (1) is included in
the right switch group.
• Press the right of the switch (1): turn on the
turning lights (A) and flash.
• Press the left of the switch (1): turn off the
turning lights (A).

1
-02 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 Fig 3-20 2 -11
202 202 o2
02
cko cko 1. Hazard flasher ck
switch

6. Cab ceiling light switch

1
The cab ceiling light is located at the top of
the cab. The cab ceiling light switch (1) is in-
cluded in the switch group.
• Press the right/left of the switch (1) to turn
on/off the light.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 3-21
cko2
1. Light switch

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-15

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 light switch

7. Rear working -02 -02
22 -11 2 -11 2 -11
Rear20working lights are used to illuminate the202 02
o
k behind the machine. The rear working
carea cko ck o2
lights (A) is located at the two sides of the rear
hood.

-02 2
0
Fig1-3-22 -02
2 -11 2-1 2 -11
202 0 2
2 A. Rear working lights o2
02
cko cko ck
The rear working light switch is included in the
front switch group.
• Press the right of the switch (1): turn on the
rear working light.
• Press the left of the switch (1): turn off the 2
rear working light.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 -11
2 Fig 2 -11
02 02 3-23
02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2
1. Rear working light 2. Washer switch
switch

8. Washer switch

The washer reservoir is mounted inside the

engine compartment. Every time you operate
the grader, you need to check the water level
of the washer first. Once the water level is less
than the 2/3 of the washer, you should fill it
up. The washer switch is included in the front
2 2 2
1-0
switch group.
-1 -11
-0
-11
-0
• 022the left of the switch(See callout 2 in
Press 02 2 022
o2
ckabove figure): start washing. cko2 ck o2
• Press the right of the switch(See callout 2 in Fig 3-24
above figure): stop washing.

3-16 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

2
9. Front-0windshield wiper switch -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 NOTICE
cko2 cko2
When you use the wiper, press the washer
switch to spray some detergent in order to
prevent damage to the wiper due to friction.

When it is raining or the front window is dirty,

you can press the front windshield wiper
switch (1) to activate the windshield wiper.
The right figure shows the location of the front
windshield wiper.

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 Fig 3-25 cko2

• Press the left of the switch (1) and the front

windshield wiper will start working.
1
• Press the right of the switch (1) and the
front windshield wiper will stop working.

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 Fig 3-26
cko2
1. Front windshield
wiper switch

3.2.4 Right Control Panel

The right control panel includes:

• Gear selector (1)
• Ignition switch(2)
• A/C control panel (3)
• Variable
1 - 02power switch (4) 1 - 02 -02
2-1 speed adjustment switch (5) 022-1
• Cruising
2 2 -11
0
•2 Cruising control switch (6) 2 02
cko • USB socket(7) cko cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-17

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 1
2 -121 3 4 5 6 7
2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-02 -0 2 -02
22 -11 2 -11 2-11
Fig 2 0 02 02
cko
3-27
ck o2 ck o2
1. Gear selector 4. Variable power 5. Cruising speed ad- 6. Cruising control
switch justment switch switch
2. Ignition switch
7. USB socket
3. A/C control panel

1. Ignition switch

The ignition switch has 4 positions.

O
“O” – for cutting off the main power supply I II
and stopping the engine. Insert or pull out the
ignition key at2 this position. To cut off the
1 - 0 1 - 02 -02
-1 to the electric appliances in the 22-1
power supply -11
022 the switch to this position.
cab,2turn 20 02 2
cko cko ck o2 III

NOTICE
If the engine does not stop at low idle speed,
the service life of engine will be shortened.
Except for emergency, do not shut off the en-
gine while it is running at high speed, which
may otherwise cause troubles like fatigue
cracking on cylinder cap and damage to
bearing of the turbocharger. Fig 3-28

-02 -0 2 -02
-11 -11 -11
“I”
22
20 position. 022 02 2
Reserved
cko ck o2 ck o2
“II”

3-18 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

To connect
1 - 02the power supply for the system, 1-02 -02
-1 switch clockwise to this position. 22-1
22the 2 -11
0turn
0 02
cko2 cko2 cko2
"III"

To start the engine, turn the switch clockwise

to this position. Release the ignition key as
soon as the engine is started.

If it fails to start the engine, turn the ignition

key to OFF position.

2. Gear selector

The manual gear selector has 9 gears in total, 6 forward gears and 3 reverse gears. Move the lever
02backwards to speed up or down. 1-02
1-or
forwards 1-0
2
2 -1 2 -1 2-1
202 202 202
cko FORWARD gear cko cko
6
Push the gear selector leftwards from the neu- 5
tral position to run the grader forward. Then 4
move the lever forwards or backwards to
3
speed up or speed down the grader.
2
1

NEUTRAL gear N

To turn off or stop the machine, shift the gear

selector to02this position. 02 2
- -Fig 3-29 -0
2 -11 2 -1 1
2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 REVERSE gear cko2 cko2
Push the gear selector rightwards from neutral
position to run the grader reverse. Then move
the lever forwards or backwards to speed up
or speed down the grader.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-19

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02 adjustment switch
3. Cruising -speed -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02
The 2three-position switch can adjust the cruis-202 02
o cko
k speed within the range of low idling speed
cing ck o2
to rated speed. Press the switch once to in-
crease or decrease by 20 rpm. Press it long to
adjust quickly. If the cruising control switch is
OFF, the cruising speed adjustment switch is
invalid.

Fig 3-30

1. Cruising speed ad-

-02 2 switch 2
justment
-0 -0
-11 -11 -11
022 control switch
4. Cruising 02 2 022
o2
k switch is a type of two-position switch.
cThe ck If o2 ck o2
the cruising control switch is ON, cruising is
performed and the cruising speed adjustment
switch is valid. If the cruising control switch is
OFF, the throttle is performed and the cruising
speed adjustment switch is invalid. When the
cruising control switch is ON, the engine
speed is at 1400 rpm.
Fig 3-31

2. Cruising control
1 - 02 -02
1switch -02
2- 1 2 -1 2 -11
202 202 o2
02
cko cko ck

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

3-20 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

-02control box
5. Central -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
o 202 central control box is located at theo 2right
The 02
o2
02
ck side of the seat and behind the rightckcontrol ck
box in the cab. It comprises all fuses, relays
and auxiliary electric elements.

For checking or replacing fuses, loosen the

pawl and pull the cover to remove the cover of
the central control box. Fuse pullers are at-
tached in the central control box. Reserved
fuses are located on the top of the box. Re-
plenish fuses timely in case of emergency.

- 0 2 for its layout. Replace faulty -02

See the figure
-02
fuses-1 1 fuses of same grade. All fuses are -11
with -11
2 2 2 2
20 type.
push 202 o2
02
cko cko ck
Table 3–1 Color code of fuse

Color Ampere
Orange 5A Fig 3-32
Red 10 A
Blue 15 A
Yellow 20 A
Green 30 A

-0 2 NOTICE -02 -02

-11 -11 -11
022
Regulated
2 fuses muse be used when replac-
2 022 022
cko ing, otherwise, it may burn out someccircuits,
ko cko2
even resulting in burning. Before replacing
fuses and relays, switch off the ignition
switch and all electric appliances.

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-21

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02
6. Engine diagnosis interface -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02
The 2interface is available for the Tier 3 or202 02
o
k engine.
chigher cko ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 -11
2 Fig 2-11
02 02 3-33
02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2
3.2.5 A/C Control Panel

The A/C system is mainly composed of evap- VENT COOL

HEAT
orator, condenser, compressor, reservoir,
II

heat exchange valve and control panel. It can O 3

I

be used for cooling and warming. The control A/C 1

OFF OFF

panel is on the right control box.

Fig 3-34

- 02 switch (1): Adjust the fan

Fan speed control
1 -02 -02
speed.22-1 2 -11 2-11
0 02 VENT COOL
02
o2 o2 o2
HEAT

•ckPosition ck ck
II

(OFF) : Off. O 3

•
I

2
Position “1” : Low fan speed. A/C 1
OFF OFF

• Position “2” : Medium fan speed.

1 2
• Position “3” : High fan speed.
Fig 3-35
Temperature control switch (2): Turning it can
adjust the cooling temperature. 1. Fan speed control 2. Temperature con-
• Rotate clockwise: Reduce temperature. switch trol switch
• Rotate anticlockwise: Increase
temperature.

-
Indicator: When
1 02 it is on, it indicates the com- 1 - 02 -02
-1 been started and the cooling sys- 22-1
pressor22has 2-11
2 0 20 02
ko is working.
tem
c ko
c ck o2

3-22 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

Cooling -02 -02 -02

22 -11 2 -11 2 -11
20Start the engine. 02 02
cko 1. ck o2 cko2
2. Turn the fan speed control switch to the "3"
position for about 5 min.

3. Turn the temperature control switch clock-

wise to the Max. position.

4. When the temperature drops to the desired

value, turn the temperature control switch an-
ticlockwise slowly until the indicator goes off
02
and the compressor
- stops. Now, the cabin
-02 -02
22 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02
temperature is the set temperature.
0
cko2 c this k o2 cko2
5. When the cab temperature exceeds
temperature, the indicator is lit up, the com-
pressor starts automatically and the system
starts cooling again until the set temperature
is reached.

NOTICE
When using air conditioner, never turn the
temperature control switch to the most
COOL position with the wind control switch
-02the “3” position, preventing the 11-02
turned11to -02
2 2- 2 2- 2 -11
0
evaporator
2 0
from frosting, which may affect
2 02
cko the refrigeration. cko cko2

Warming

NOTICE
Because the heating system connects with
water tank of engine, when the ambient tem-
perature is below 0℃ , drain the water tank
with the engine stopped, or add antifreeze
fluid into the water tank. Ensure antifreeze
02 freeze below -30℃ to prevent 1-02
fluid couldn’t
1 - -02
1 of heating system radiator.
2-crack
frost 2-1 2 -11
02 02 02
o2
ck • ck o2 cko2
First turn off the temperature control switch.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-23

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

• Turn on the2air volume control switch to

0 02 2
1 - 1 - -0
2-1warm air.
send out
2 2 2-1 2 -11
0
2 the desired temperature is reached,2 0 02
• When
cko cko ck o2
turn off the air volume control switch. When
the room temperature is lower than the de-
sired temperature, turn on the air volume
control switch) again.

3.2.6 Back-up Alarm

As shown in the right figure, the back-up

alarm locates on the right side in the tail cover
of the hood. When the gear selector is set at
- 2
0the -0 2 -02
reverse gear,
- 1 1 alarm will sound to warn the
-11 -11
people 2
02behind the machine. 02 2 022
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

Fig 3-36

3.2.7 Steering Wheel

The steering wheel

- 0 2 is used to control the turn- -0 2 -02
11
ing of the-machine.
2 2 -11 2 -11
02
• Left 02 02
o 2 turn: Turn the steering wheel anticlock-
o2
ckwise and the grader turns left. Faster canti-
k ck o2
clockwise turn of the steering wheel results
in sharper left turn.
• Right turn: Turn the steering wheel clock-
wise and the grader turns right. Faster
clockwise turn of the steering wheel results
in sharper right turn.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 11 3-37
-Fig 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

3-24 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

-02 Button
3.2.8 Horn -02 -02
22-11 22 -11 2 -11
20 show in right figure, the horn buttono 2is0 in 02
k o As
c the center of the steering wheel. ck cko2
• Press down: The horn sounds, warning the
people or signaling.
• Release: The horn stops sounding.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
Fig 3-38

The horn is installed under the cab as shown

in right figure.

NOTE：
Wherever the local regulations ban sounding
the horn, you must obey the rules.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 3-39

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-25

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02Console Lean Control

3.2.9 Control -0 2 -02
22-11 22 -11 2 -11
0
2distance 20 02
The
k o between the control console and
cthe operator can be adjusted by controllingc k o ck o2
the control console lean control pedal (1).

Adjustment procedure:

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 3-40

1. Control pedal

1. Depress the control console lean control pedal (1).

2. Move the steering wheel forward/ back-

ward to adjust the control console to the de-
sired position.
0 2 -0 2 -02
11-
(A) Push forward:
2- -11 -11
2 0 2 022 022
ko the steering wheel
Push
ccontrol o2
forward to lean the
ck ck o2
console forward.

(B) Pull backward:

Pull the steering wheel backward to lean the

control console backward.
Fig 3-41

A. Push forward B. Pull backward

3. Release the pedal (1), and the control console will be kept at the desired position.

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

3-26 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

-02
3.2.10 Service Brake Control Pedal -02 -02
22 -11 22 -11 2 -11
20 right figure shows the location of theoserv-
20 02
k o The
c ice brake control pedal (1). c k ck o2

• Depress the pedal (1): engage the service

brake to slow down and stop the machine.
• Release the pedal (1): disengage the serv-
ice brake.

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 3-42

1. Service brake con-

trol pedal

3.2.11 Cab Lamp

2
0 (2) is used to illuminate the cab. 1-0 2 -02
1 1-lamp -11
2-1
The cab
-
It 0is22installed at the front upper part of the cab,
0 2 022
2 2 o2
cko on the left side of the radio. cko ck
The cab lamp switch (1) as shown in right
figure.

• Shift the switch (1) to “ON”: the cab lamp

(2) will be lit up.
• Shift the switch (1) to “OFF”: the cab lamp
(2) will be turned off.
Fig 3-43

1. Cab lamp switch 2. Cab lamp

2 2 2
-1 1-0 -1 1-0 -11
-0
2 2 2
202 202 o2
02
cko cko ck

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-27

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

3.2.12 Seat-02 -0 2 -0 2
22-11 2 -11 2 -11
20 02 02
1. oHorizontal
ck
adjustment
cko2 ck o2
Pull the handle upward, slide the seat to the
suitable position and release the handle.

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

Fig 3-44

1. Horizontal 4. Back height and

adjustment rake adjustment
2. Weight adjustment 5. Backrest adjustment

02 2 height and 2
3. Front 6. Armrest adjustment
1 - 1 - 0 -0
-11
rake adjustment
2- 1 2 -1 7. Headrest
2
202 202 adjustment 202
c2.koWeight adjustment cko cko

Turn the adjustment button until reach the number range that matches your own weight.

3. Front height and rake adjustment

Raise the front end of the adjustment handle upward until the seat front is up to the suitable height
and release the adjustment handle.

4. Back height and rake adjustment

Raise the back end of the adjustment handle upward until the seat back is up to the suitable height
-02adjustment handle.
and release the -02 -02
2 2 -11 2 2- 11
2 2-11
20
5. Backrest
o adjustment 2 0 2 0
c k cko cko
Raise the handle upward, lean against the backrest to the suitable angle position, and release the
handle.

3-28 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

-02adjustment
6. Armrest -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
202 armrest can be flipped up to be flush with
The 202 the seat back and down to a horizontal20position.
2
cko cko cko
When the armrest is in horizontal position, the height of the front end of the armrest can be ad-
justed by rolling the rollers on the lower part of the armrest.

7. Headrest adjustment

Move back the button next to the headrest slide and with the other hand pull up or press down on
the headrest until it is in the suitable position to release the button.

3.3 SYCD Screen

The SYCD screen can display system parameters and alarms.
-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

Fig 3-45

1. Left turn indicator 4. Transmission pres- 7. Right turn indicator 11.Engine oil pressure
sure fault indicator gauge
2. Engine tachometer 8. Fuction keys(F1-F6)
1 - 02 oil tem- 5. Brake system alarm 1-02 12.Fuel level gauge1 - 02
2-1 alarm 2-1 gauge 2-1
3. Transmission 9. Coolant temperature
light
0 2
perature
2 2 0 2 2 0 2
cko indicator ko alarm 10.Hourmeter
6. Brake system
indicator c c ko

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-29

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02
Engine tachometer -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
When
o 202the engine is started, the real-time en-
o 202 o2
02
k speed is indicated in 100 rpm withinckthe
cgine ck
range of 0 rpm–2400 rpm.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 3-46 ck o2

Fuel level gauge

The fuel gauge indicates the fuel level in the

fuel tank at a real time basis. If the fuel is in-
sufficient, its alarm indicator will light up and it
is required to refill it timely in case of shut %
0 100
down.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
Fig 3-47

Coolant temperature gauge

The water temperature gauge indicates the

coolant temperature on a real time basis with-
in the range of 40℃– 120℃ . If the coolant
temperature is above 105℃ , its alarm light
will light up.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
Fig 3-48

3-30 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

-02gauge
Engine oil -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
o 202 engine oil pressure gauge indicates
The
o
2
20the o2
02
ck engine oil pressure on a real time basis.
ck If the ck
engine oil pressure is lower than 0.6 bar, its
alarm light will light up.
bar

Fig 3-49

1 - 02 -02 -02
2-1 indicator
Left turn
2 2 -11 2 -11
0 02 02
cko2 The left turn indicator flashes in greencko2
with the cko2
left turn light at a frequency. It indicates the
status of the left turn light.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
Fig 3-50

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-31

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02
Right turn indicator -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 turn indicator flashes in green with202
The 2right 02
o cko
k left turn light at a frequency. It indicates
cthe ck o2
the status of the left turn light.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 3-51 ck o2

Transmission oil pressure fault indicator

When the transmission oil pressure is too low,

the transmission oil pressure fault indicator is
in red. Stop the grader and do troubleshoot-
ing. During gear shifting, the indicator lights
up shortly.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 3-52 ck o2

Oil level alarm indicator

When the fuel level is too low, the oil level

alarm indicator lights up to remind the opera-
tor of refilling.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
Fig 3-53

3-32 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

02
Coolant -temperature alarm indicator -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
o 202 the coolant temperature is above o105℃
When 202 o2
02
ck , the alarm indicator will light up. ck ck

Fig 3-54

Engine pressure alarm indicator

-02 -02 -02
-11 -11 -11
022 022 022
If the engine oil pressure is no more than 0.6
2 2 o2
cko bar, its alarm light will be in red. koc ck

Fig 3-55

Hourmeter

The hourmeter is used to record the working

hours of the2 engine, providing the basis for re-
1 - 0 1 - 02 3-56
Fig -02
2 -1
pair and maintenance.
2 -1 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2Transmission oil o2
temperature ck alarm cko2
indicator

If the transmission oil temperature is too high,

the alarm indicator will be in red.

Fig 3-57
2 2 2
-11-0 -11
-0
-11
-0
2 2 2
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-33

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 alarm indicator

Braking pressure -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02
The 2indicator is used to indicate the working202 02
k o o o2
cstatus of brake system. If the indicator cisk in ck
red, it indicates the braking pressure has fault.
The operator should shut down immediately
and do troubleshooting in case of accidents.

Fig 3-58

Brake system alarm indicator

If the indicator is in red, it indicates the brake

system has1not- 02 been released. The operator -0 2 -02
2-1 the parking brake. 2 -11 2 -11
should02release 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 3-59

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

3-34 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

1 - 02 Implement Control -02 -02

-11 -11
3.4 Work
1
2-
202 2 022 02 2
cko cko
See below figure for the work implement control.
ck o2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 3-60

1. Left blade lift control 4. Moldboard pitch con- 7. Articulation steering 10.Right blade lift con-
lever trol lever control lever trol lever
2. Rear scarifier control 5. Circle turn control 8. Front wheel lean
lever lever control lever
3. Blade sideshift con- 6. Blade swing control 9. Dozer plate control
trol lever lever lever

1. Left blade lift control lever

-0 2 -02 -02
The -11
22blade lift control lever locates on the20left
22 -11 2 -11
2 0 02
cko of the steering wheel column. o ck ck o2

Fig 3-61

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-35

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02
Left blade raise(1) -0 2 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 control lever backwards and the left202
Pull 2the 02
o o
k end bit lifts. When the control lever isckre-
cblade ck o2
leased, it returns to the “Hold” position and
the blade remains at the selected position.

Hold (2)

When the control lever is released, it returns

to the “Hold” position and the blade remains
at the selected position.

Left blade lower (3)

1 - 02 lever forwards and the left 02

Fig 3-62
1 - -02
-11
Push the control
2
blade0end2-1bit falls. When the control lever is 022-1 022
2 2 o2
ko
creleased, ko
it returns to the position “Hold”cand ck
the blade remains at the selected position.

2. Rear scarifier control lever

The scarifier (if equipped) control lever locates

on the left of the steering wheel column.

-02 - 02 -02
2 -11 1 1
22-Fig 3-63 2 -11
02 0 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
Scarifier raise (1)

Pull the control lever backwards and the scari-

fier lifts. When the control lever is released, it
returns to the “Hold” position and the scarifier
remains at the selected position.

Hold (2)

When the control lever is released, it returns

to the position “Hold” and the scarifier is kept
-02position.
at the selected -0 2 -02
2 -11 -11
2 Fig 2 -11
202 lower (3)
Scarifier
o2
02 3-64
o2
02
cko ck ck
Push the control lever forwards and the scari-
fier falls. When the control lever is released, it

3-36 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

- 0 2 “Hold” position and the scarifier -02

returns to the
-02
-11at the selected position.
remains -11 -11
2 022 022 022
cko 3. Blade sideshift control lever ck o2 cko2
The blade sideshift control lever locates on
the left of the steering wheel column.

Fig 3-65

Blade side shift right (1)

- 02 lever backwards and the blade 1-02

Pull the1control -02
2
1
2-rightwards. 2 2-1 2 -11
shifts
2 0 When the control lever is 0re-
2 02
cko leased, it returns to the “Hold” position
cko and cko2
the blade remains at the selected position.

Hold (2)

When the control lever is released, it returns

to the “Hold” position and the blade remains
at the selected position.
Fig 3-66
Blade side shift left (3)

Push the control lever forwards and the blade

02 When the control lever is re- 1-02
shifts leftwards.
1 - -02
2-1 it returns to the position “Hold” and
leased,
2 2 2-1 2 -11
0
2 blade is kept at the selected position.o 2 0 02
cko the ck cko2
4. Moldboard pitch control lever

The moldboard pitch control lever locates on

the left of steering wheel column.

Fig 3-67
2 2 2
-1 1-0 -11
-0
-11
-0
2 2 2
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-37

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 backward (1)

Moldboard pitch -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 control lever backwards and the blade202
Pull 2the 02
o
k tips backwards. When the control lever
ctop ckois ck o2
released, it returns to the “Hold” position and
the blade remains at the selected position.

Hold (2)

When the control lever is released, it returns

to the “Hold” position and the blade remains
at the selected position.

Moldboard pitch forward (3) Fig 3-68

2 2 2
1-0 lever forwards and the blade -11-0
Push the control
- 1 -11
-0
022forward. When the control lever is re-2022
top tips
2 022
ko
cleased, ko
it returns to the “Hold” positioncand ck o2
the blade remains at the selected position.

5. Circle turn control lever

The circle turn control lever locates on the left

of steering wheel column.

Fig 3-69
2 2 2
-11-0 -11
-0
-11
-0
2 clockwise (1)
Circle02drive 02 2 022
o2
k
cPull ck o2 ck o2
the control lever backwards and the blade
rotates clockwise. When the control lever is
released, it returns to the “Hold” position and
the blade remains at the selected position.

Hold (2)

When the control lever is released, it returns

to the “Hold” position and the blade remains
at the selected position.

02
Circle drive -anticlockwise (3) -0 2 -02
2 -11
2 control lever forwards and the blade202 -11
2 Fig 2 -11
Push20the
3-70
02
k o
crotates cko
anticlockwise. When the control lever ck o2
is released, it returns to the “Hold” position

3-38 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

and the 2
02 2
blade remains at the selected
1 - 0 1 - -0
-1
position. -1 -11
2 022 02 2 022
cko 6. Blade swing control lever ck o2 cko2
The blade swing control lever locates on the
right of the steering wheel column.

Fig 3-71

Blade swing right (1)

- 02 lever backwards and the draw- 1-02

Pull the1control -02
2 -1 rightwards. When the control lever
2moves 2 2-1 2 -11
bar
2 0 2 0 02
cko is released, it returns to the “Hold”cposition
ko cko2
and the drawbar is kept at the selected
position.

Hold (2)

When the control lever is released, it returns

to the “Hold” position and the drawbar re-
mains at the selected position.

Blade swing left (3) Fig 3-72

Push the 0
- 2
control lever forwards and the draw-
- 02 -02
1
-1 leftwards. When the control lever 1 -11
bar 2moves
0 2 0 2 2-1 022
2 released, it returns to the “Hold” position
2 o2
cko and the drawbar remains at the cselected ko
is
ck
position.

7. Articulation steering control lever

The articulation steering control lever locates

on the right of the steering wheel column.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 Fig 3-73 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-39

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02 (1)
Articulation -right -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 control lever backwards and the rear202
Pull 2the 02
o
k articulate rightwards. When the control
cframe cko ck o2
lever is released, it returns to the “Hold” posi-
tion and the rear frame remains at the se-
lected position.

Hold (2)

When the control lever is released, it returns

Fig 3-74
to the “Hold” position and the rear frame re-
mains at the selected position.

2 (3)
Articulation left
-0 -0 2 -02
-11
22 control lever forwards and the rear2022 -11 2 -11
Push 0the
2 02
ko articulates leftwards. When the control
cframe cko ck o2
lever is released, it returns to the “Hold” posi-
tion and the rear frame remains at the se-
lected position.

8. Front wheel lean control lever

Front wheel lean control lever locates on the

right of the steering wheel column.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 -11
2 Fig 2 -11
02 02 02
o2 o2 o2
3-75
ck ck ck
Front wheel lean right(1)

Pull the control lever backwards and the front

wheels lean rightwards. When the control lev-
er is released, it returns to the “Hold” position
and the wheels remain at the selected
position.

Hold (2)

When the control

1 - 02 lever is released, it returns 1 - 02 -02
2-1 position and the wheels remain 022-1
to the “Hold”
2 2 -11
0
2 selected position. 2 Fig 3-76 02
at the
cko cko ck o2
Front wheel lean left (3)

3-40 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader System Functions

2
Push the-0control lever forwards and the front - 02 -02
1 1 -11
2
wheels
0 2-1 lean leftwards. When the control lever
0 2 2-1 022
2 2 o2
cko is released, it returns to the “Hold”cposition
ko ck
and the wheels remain at the selected
position.

9. Dozer plate control lever

The dozer plate (if equipped) control lever lo-

cates on the right of the steering wheel
column.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 3-77 cko2

Dozer raise (1)

Pull the control lever backwards and the dozer

lifts. When the control lever is released, it re-
turns to the “Hold” position and the dozer plate
remains at the selected position.

Hold (2)

When the control lever is released, it returns

1 -02 position and the dozer plate re- 11-02 -02
to the 1“Hold”
2 2- at the selected position. 2 2- 2 -11
2 0 2 0 02
o2
mains Fig 3-78
cko cko ck
Dozer lower (3)

Push the control lever forwards and the dozer

plate falls. When the control lever is released,
it returns to the “Hold” position and the dozer
plate remains at the selected position.

10. Right blade lift control lever

The right blade lift control lever locates on the

right of the steering wheel column.
-02 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
Fig 3-79

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 3-41

 System Functions STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02 (1)
Right blade -raise -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 control lever backwards and the right202
Pull 2the 02
o o
k end bit lifts. When the control lever isckre-
cblade ck o2
leased, it returns to the “Hold” position and
the blade remains at the selected position.

Hold (2)

When the control lever is released, it returns

to the position “Hold” and the blade remains
at the selected position.

Right blade lower (3)

Fig 3-80
1 - 02 lever forwards and the right 1 - 02 -02
-11
Push the control
2 2-1bit falls. When the control lever is 022-1
blade0end 022
2 2 o2
ko
creleased, ko
it returns to the “Hold” positioncand ck
the blade remains at the selected position.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

3-42 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Operation

-02 -02 -02

4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
1 1 1
2 -1
4.1 2Checking 2-1 2-1
before Starting the Engine .................................................................................4-3
2 2
0 0 0
2 4.1.1 Check (walk-around) ..................................................................................................4-3
2 2
cko cko cko
4.1.2 Check before Starting.................................................................................................4-3
4.2 Adjustments Prior to Startup................................................................................................4-9
4.2.1 Seat Adjustment ..........................................................................................................4-9
4.2.2 Rearview Mirror Adjustment ................................................................................... 4-10
4.3 Operation Prior to Startup ................................................................................................. 4-10
4.3.1 Activate the Control System ................................................................................... 4-10
4.3.2 Check the Fuel Level ............................................................................................... 4-12
4.3.3 Check the Gear Selector......................................................................................... 4-13
4.3.4 Check the Parking Brake ........................................................................................ 4-13
2
4.3.5-0Check - 02
the Switches ................................................................................................. - 2
04-14
1 1
-1 Check the Horn......................................................................................................... 1
0 2 24.3.6 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1 4-15
2 2 2
cko 4.4 Engine Start-up...................................................................................................................
cko cko 4-15
4.4.1 Normal Start-up ........................................................................................................ 4-15
4.4.2 Engine Start-up in Cold Weather ........................................................................... 4-16
4.4.3 Jump-start ................................................................................................................. 4-16
4.4.4 Warm up the Engine ................................................................................................ 4-17
4.4.5 Engine Shut-down.................................................................................................... 4-18
4.5 Check Transmission .......................................................................................................... 4-18
4.5.1 Check Transmission Oil Level................................................................................ 4-18
4.5.2 Check Transmission Oil Temperature................................................................... 4-18
4.5.3 Check Main Pressure .............................................................................................. 4-19
4.6 Running1 - 02 in the Machine.....................................................................................................
1 - 02 1 - 2
04-19
2 -1 the Machine..............................................................................................................
2Move 2 2-1 2 2-1 4-19
0
4.7
2 2 0 2 0
cko 4.7.1 Precautions for Moving the ckoMachine.....................................................................
cko 4-19
4.7.2 Move Forward........................................................................................................... 4-20
4.7.3 Move Backward........................................................................................................ 4-20
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-1
 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

4.7.4 Gear2 Control .............................................................................................................

2 4-212
1 - 0 1 - 0 1-0
4.7.5-1Steering - 1 -
..................................................................................................................... 1
4-22
2 022
4.8 Machine 2 022 2 022 4-22
Operation.............................................................................................................
cko 4.8.1 Blade Operation .......................................................................................................
cko cko 4-22
4.8.2 Exiting from a Steep Slope or a Ditch ................................................................... 4-26
4.8.3 Grading Ground around an Obstacle .................................................................... 4-26
4.8.4 Grading Ground in S Shape ................................................................................... 4-27
4.8.5 Grading the Left Ground ......................................................................................... 4-28
4.8.6 Grading the Right Ground....................................................................................... 4-29
4.8.7 Cutting a V-ditch at Left Side .................................................................................. 4-31
4.8.8 Cutting a V-ditch at Right Side ............................................................................... 4-32
4.8.9 Cutting a Flat-bottom Ditch ..................................................................................... 4-34

1 - 02
4.8.10 Cleaning
1 - 02
a Left Ditch ............................................................................................. 4-37
1 - 02
4.8.11
0 2 2-1Cleaning a Right Ditch...........................................................................................
0 2 2-1 0 2 2-14-38
2 2 2
cko 4.8.13 Cleaning a Right Road Shoulder cko .........................................................................
cko
4.8.12 Cleaning a Left Road Shoulder............................................................................ 4-40
4-40
4.8.14 Scraping a Wet Ditch............................................................................................. 4-42
4.8.15 Grading on a Slope................................................................................................ 4-42
4.8.16 Scraping a Right Side Slope ................................................................................ 4-43
4.8.17 Operating the Scarifier(Optional)......................................................................... 4-46
4.8.18 Operating the Dozer Plate(Optional)................................................................... 4-47
4.8.19 Inflating the Tire...................................................................................................... 4-47
4.9 Parking the Machine .......................................................................................................... 4-48
4.9.1 Stopping the Machine.............................................................................................. 4-48
-
4.9.2 Stopping
1 02 the Engine ................................................................................................
1 - 02 4-48
1 - 02
2
4.9.3
0 2-1Leaving the Machine................................................................................................
0 2 2-1 0 2 2-14-49
2 2 2
cko 4.9.4 Towing the Machine .................................................................................................
cko cko 4-49
4.10 Machine Transportation .................................................................................................. 4-49
4.10.1 Preparation before Loading.................................................................................. 4-49
4.10.2 Check before Loading ........................................................................................... 4-49
4.10.3 Loading.................................................................................................................... 4-50
4.10.4 Transportation ........................................................................................................ 4-50
4.10.5 Unloading ................................................................................................................ 4-50
4.10.6 Container Transportation ...................................................................................... 4-50

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

4-2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

4.Operation
02 2 2
- -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
2 022 2 022 022
cko 4.1 Checking before Starting
ckothe Engine cko2
4.1.1 Check (walk-around)

• Make sure there is no person on or around

the machine to avoid injury.
• Remove lock pin of rear frame articulation
steering tie rod (1), and fix the tie rod at the
release position by the lock pin to facilitate
the twist of the machine body. See right fig-
ure. The lock pin can be under two working
02 -02 -02
11-
conditions:
2-
when the machine is trans-
-11 -11
2 0 2 2 022 022
o2
ferred, it is unlocked; when it is transported
cko or runs at high speed, it is locked. cko ck
1
• To prolong the service life of the machine,
carry out thorough check around the ma-
Fig 4-1
chine before starting the engine.
• Check the conditions around and under the 1. Steering tie rod
machine. Check for loose bolts, dirt, oil
stains, coolant leakage and broken/worn
parts.
• Check the equipment and hydraulic parts.
• Check the02 battery. 02 2
1 - 1 - -0
-1 the tire pressure. If necessary, inflate
• Check -1 -11
022 022 022
o 2 the tires.
ck • c k o2 cko2
Check the oil level and coolant level.
• Remove the trash build-up. Before operat-
ing the machine, perform all necessary
repairs.

4.1.2 Check before Starting

Check the engine oil level

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-3

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

1. Take out oil

1 - 02dipstick (A) and wipe off the oil -0 2 -02
-1 clean cloth.
dipstick22with 2 -11 A 2 -11
0 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 2
Fig 4-2
-0 -02
2-11 -11
2 A. Oil dipstick -11
02 02 B. Filler port2022
o2
c2.k Insert the dipstick (A) to bottom and then o2
ckpull it out. cko

3. Oil level should be between the MAX. and

MIN. marks on dipstick. Add required engine
oil (See “Requirements of Oil and Fluids” on
page 5-7) through filler port (B) if oil level is
below the MIN. mark.

Fig 4-3

4. If oil level is
- 0 2 above MAX mark, open the - 02 -02
-1 1 1 -11
screw plug on the engine
022Check oil level again.
sump to drain en-
0 2 2-1 022
gine2oil. 2
cko cko ck o2
CAUTION
If the engine has been just shut down, the
engine oil is still very hot. And you may be
burned by the hot engine oil when draining
the engine oil.
Fig 4-4

Check the engine coolant level

-0 2 CAUTION- 02 -02
2-11 1 1
2- 2 -11
202try to start a grader that has been shut
If you
o o
02 wait for the engine to cool down before
2down, o 202 you
k
ccheck ck
the coolant level of the engine. Otherwise ck hot coolant.
you may be burned by the spilling
Before removing the cover, rotate the cover to release the pressure inside.

4-4 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

Check the
1 - 02sight glass of the expansion water 1-02 -02
2
1 engine is in cool condition. Nor-2-1
2-when 2 -11
202at 02
tank
2 0
ck o mally, the coolant level should be
ck o
around
ck o2
the 2/3 mark. Otherwise, refill or drain coolant
accordingly.

Fig 4-5

Check the oil water separator

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 22 -11 2 -11
02 0WARNING 02
cko2 ko 2
c system do not use open fire, do not smoke k o2
c and do not spill
Fire hazard! When working on the fuel
any fuel. There is a possibility of catching fire.

1. Unlock the left engine hood door and open

it. The oil water separator is on the left side of
the grader.
1
2. Through transparent cover (2) you can ob-
2
serve water level and volume of sediment. In

-02 or sediment built up at bottom,

case of water -02 -02
-11 -11 -11
3
022 a vessel under drain hoses (4) to 0re-
place 22 022
cko2 ceive drainage. cko2 4
ck o2

3. Open drain valves (3) to discharge water. Fig 4-6

4. When fuel is seen coming out of the drain 1. Water separator 3. Drain valves
hoses (4), close the drain valves (3) 2. Transparent cover 4. Drain hoses
immediately.

Besides, check the hoses and pipe connector

for looseness to avoid the air going into the
pipeline.
-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-5

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

NOTE： -02 -0 2 -02

• 2 -11
If the2covers 2 -11 2 -11
202 02
(2) are dirty and difficult to look
o 20 clean them when replacing the fuel
o o2
ckthrough,
ck ck
filter.
• When the drain valves (3) have been re-
moved during cleaning, the O-rings must be
greased and the valves must be tightened
to the bottom.

Check the hydraulic oil level

WARNING
2 -02 burns after the engine has been just 2
• 1-0and components are still hot and can 1cause
Engine oil
-1 -1 1-0 -1
2
02down. 2
Wait for them to cool down before02working 2
202
shut on them.
2 o 2 it slowly to release internal pressure.cko
c•koWhen removing the oil filter for oil filling,ckturn
1. As shown in right figure, park the machine
on flat ground and set the front wheel straight
forward. Lower all attachments to the ground.
Set the machine articulated parts straight and
lock the front and rear frames by the frame
lock rod. The lock pin must be flexible in the
frame. Apply the parking brake switch and
shut down the engine.

-02 02
Fig -4-7 -02
-11 -11 -11
2 022 2 022 2 022
c2.koWithin 15 seconds after stopping the engine,
cko operate the control levers in all directions
cko in order
to release internal pressure.

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

4-6 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

3. Check - 2 oil level indicator (1). Oil level -02

0the -02
1
-1be maintained between the middle and -11 -11
2 2
should 2 2 02 2
20 20 o2
cko upper mark "H" (see following figure). ko c ck

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
Fig 4-8

ck o2 ck o2 cko2
1. Oil level indicator

When the level is lower than the mark "L"

(shown on the level indicator 1), take the fol-
lowing steps to refill hydraulic oil:

1. Slowly open the oil filler cap (2) to release

the pressure .

2. Remove the filler cap (2) and refill the tank

2 hydraulic oil (See above figure)

with appointed
-0 -02 -02
- 1 1 -11 -11
022 2 2
through the oil filler.
2 02 02
ck o ck o2 cko2
3. Clean and fit the filler cap.

When the level is higher than the mark "H" ,

take the following steps to drain the hydraulic
oil:

1. Place a container under the oil drain port.

2. Open the screw plug (3) to drain the hy-

draulic oil.

02 level is about 2/3 of the level me-

3. When the
- 2 4-9
-0
Fig
-02
2 -
ter, stop11draining. 2 -11 2 -11
202 o2
02 1. Oil level indicator 02
3. Screw2plug
cko ck 2. Filler cap cko

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-7

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

NOTE： -0 2 -0 2 -02
• The 2oil-11
2 level will change after starting the 2 -11 2-11
o 20 o 202 o2
02
c kengine, check the level again
ck
before
ck
operation.
• The oil level may change as the oil temper-
ature varies. While in operation, keep the oil
level about 2/3 of the level meter.

Check the air filter

Take the following steps to remove dirt and

dust build-up.

02engine access door (1).

1. Open the left
- -0 2 -02
2 2-11 2 -11 2-11
2. As20shown in the right figure, press the dust202 02
ko
cnozzle ko ck o2
(2) in the direction shown by thec ar-
2
1
rows to get rid of the dust.

3. Clean the dust nozzle (2) regularly. Fig 4-10

4. Press the upper part of the dust nozzle (2) 1. Left engine access 2. Dust nozzle
door
to get rid of the dust.

Check the engine air intake system pipeline

1.
-0 2 -0 2 -02
-11
22 the T clamp (1) in pipeline for loose- 2 -11 2-11
1. Check
0 02 02
o2
k In case of loose clamp, tighten it. ck
cness. o2 ck o2
1
2. Check the rubber hose (2) and steel pipe
for damage or leakage. If any, replace them.

Fig 4-11

-0 2 02
1. 1T-clamp -02
-11 -11
2. Rubber hose
2 2-1 2
202 202 o2
02
cko cko ck
Check the tire pressure

4-8 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

Check the
1 - 02 tire pressure with a pressure 1-02 -02
2 2-1 Generally, the front tire pressure02is2-1 2 -11
gauge.
2 0 2 02
cko within 0.2 MPa ±0.05 MPa, and the crear ko tire cko2
pressure is with 0.25 MPa ±0.05 MPa. When
the tire pressure is less than 0.285 MPa , you
have to inflate the tire.

NOTICE
The tire pressure will increase if the tire is ex-
posed to the sun. Too much inflate on pres-
sure will cause the tire to blow up.
Fig 4-12

Check 1 -02electric wires -02 -02

-11 -11
the
2-1 22 2
202 20NOTICE
o2
02
cko ck o ck
If any fuse burns frequently or any wire shows the sign of short circuit, contact Sany dealer to find
the cause and eliminate the trouble. Or it may affect the control system chronically.

Check the fuse for damage: whether the fuse with proper capacity is used; whether any wire con-
nection is poor; whether wire sheath is broken. Check for loose terminals. Fix it if any.

Moreover, pay extreme attention to electric wires when checking battery, engine, start motor and
alternator. Make sure to check for flammable materials around battery. Immediately remove them
if any.

02 02 -02
11-
4.2 Adjustments
2 - Prior to Startup -11- -11
0 2 22 0 02 2
cko2 4.2.1 Seat Adjustment ck o2 cko2

Before operation, the operator should adjust the seat for optimum position to reduce fatigue. All ad-
justments should be done only when the operator is seated. See:“Seat” on page 3-28.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-9

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 Mirror Adjustment

4.2.2 Rearview -0 2 -02
22 -11 22 -11 2 -11
20 the rearview mirror for optimal visibility20 02
k o
Adjust
cbehind the motor grader. c k o cko2

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 4-13
cko2

4.3 Operation Prior to Startup

4.3.1 Activate the Control System

After checking the items above and eliminating malfunction, you can start up the engine.

In order to check the instrument, first you have to activate the control system by observing the fol-
lowing steps:

- 02 switch of power supply to

1. Turn the master
1 -0 2 -02
22-
1 2 -11 关 OFF
2 -11
202 02
"ON" position.
20 o2
cko cko ck

开 ON 开 ON

关 OFF

Fig 4-14

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

4-10 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

2 key, and turn to position "II". So -02

2. Insert-0the -02
1
-1 system will be activated. And the -11 O -11
the22control 2
20 20 2 2 022
cko SYCD screen will be initialized. ko c
I
ck o II

III

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 Fig 4-15 ck o2

3. After initialization, SYCD screen will show

the current status of the system.
• The pointer of the fuel gauge (4) deviates
from the initial position and indicates the ac-
tual fuel level.
• Left and right turn indicators (1 and 3) go
out.
• Parking brake indicator (2): illuminates with-
02 -02 -02
11- buzzer alarming.
out-the
2 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 NOTICE ck o2 ck o2
Don't start the engine when the preheating
indicator illuminates. After the preheating is
completed and the preheating indicator goes
out, start the engine. Fig 4-16

1. Left turn indicator 3. Right turn indicator

2. Parking brake 4. Fuel gauge
indicator

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-11

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2 Fuel Level
4.3.2 Check-0the -0 2 -02
22-11 22 -11 2 -11
20level indicator flashes red, it indicates 20 02
k o
If fuel
k o
cthe fuel is less than 10%. You have to refillc the ck o2
fuel tank with appropriate fuel.

-0 2 02
Fig 4-17
- -02
-11 -11 -11
2 022 2 022 022
ko fuel tank is installed at the rear part ofckthe
cThe o ck o2
machine. Take the following steps to refill the
fuel tank:

Fig 4-18
-02 -0 2 -02
-11
22 a well-ventilated place to refill. 2-11 2 -11
1. Select
0 02 02
o2
c2.k Clean the dust around the filler. cko2 ck o2

3. Remove the filler cap, and refill the fuel tank with required fuel (See “Requirements of Oil and
Fluids” on page 5-7) through the filter screen.

WARNING
When operating on the fuel tank, pay extreme attention to the fuel. There is a great potential of
catching fire.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

4-12 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

4. When-0the 2 fuel level pointer leaves the start -02 -0 2

1
-1the fuel level indicator goes out. When -11 -11
2 2
point, 2 2 02 2
o 20 o
0
2you o2
c k the fuel level pointer gets the point that
c k ck
want, stop refilling.
%
0 100

Fig 4-19

02 filler cap.
5. Install -the -02 -0 2
-11 -11 -11
2 022 022 02 2
cko 4.3.3 Check the Gear Selector ck o2 cko2
Check the gear selector before starting the
engine. The gear selector shall be at the Neu-
tral position, otherwise, the engine is unable
to start.

N
6
5
4

3
2
1

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
Fig 4-20

4.3.4 Check the Parking Brake

Check the parking brake indicator. After con-

firming the parking brake pressure indicator is
gray without the buzzer alarming, start the
engine.

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 4-21
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-13
 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2 Switches
4.3.5 Check-0the -0 2 -02
22 -11 22 -11 22 -11
o 20 starting the engine, check the switches,
Before o 20indicators and work implement for abnormality.
o 20 In
k k
ccase of any abnormality, repair it immediately.
c c k

• Left switch group

It includes cab ceiling light switch, forward

working light, cab bottom working light switch
and rear working light switch.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 cko2
Fig 4-22

• Right switch group

It includes front windshield wiper switch,

washer switch, rear wiper switch and hazard
flasher switch.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 cko2

Fig 4-23

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 cko2

4-14 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

-02 the Horn

4.3.6 Check -02 -02
22-11 22 -11 2-11
20 horn sounds immediately when theo horn
20 02
k o The
k
c button is pressed. Make sure that cthe horn ck o2
sounds normally. In case of dead horn or ab-
normal sound, please repair in time.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
Fig 4-24

4.4 Engine Start-up

4.4.1 Normal Start-up

CAUTION
• The engine
1 - 02 exhaust gas includes combustion products.
1 - 02 They are harmful to physical health.
1 - 02
• 2It2is-1necessary to start and run the engine 1 2-1exhaust
22-at a well-ventilated place. Otherwise, 2the
20 gas should be exhausted to the outside.20 20
cko c k o cko

NOTICE
• The starting time should not exceed 15 s each time. To protect the battery, wait for 1-2 min for
the next start.
• In case of low engine temperature, avoid high-speed running.
• The gear selector should be set at Neutral position before engine startup. Otherwise, the en-
gine cannot be started.
• If the ambient temperature is 20°C or below, you should idle and preheat the engine for 3~5
-02 startup.
min after -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-15

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

Procedures: -02 -0 2 -02

2 -11 2-11 O
2 -11
202 the key to "III" position.
1. Rotate 202 oII 2
02
cko cko
I
ck
2. Keep the key at "III" position for several
seconds.

3. Release the key immediately after the en- III

gine is started. The key will return to "I" posi-
tion automatically.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 Fig 4-25 ck o2

4.4.2 Engine Start-up in Cold Weather

When the ambient temperature is 0℃or below, after turning on the engine start switch, warm up
the engine.

1. The engine warm-up indicator illuminates. The warm-up will last for about 1min.

2. After warm-up, the indicator will go out.

1 - 02 1 - 02 1 - 02
0 2-1 can not be started stably, stop starting.
3. If the engine
2 0 2 2-1 Wait for 2 min and restart it. In case
0 2 2of-1sev-
eral 2failures, the engine startup is unavailable.2Check the air heater system. 2
cko cko cko
4.4.3 Jump-start

If the batteries are short of energy, you can start up the engine according to the steps as follows.
• Use jumper cable to start engine requires two persons working together (One is seated at the
operator's seat and the other handles the battery).
• Wear goggles and rubber gloves before starting the engine with jumper cable.
• When jumper cable is used to connect a normal grader with a faulty one, the battery voltage of
normal grader should be the same with that of faulty one. Make sure that the two graders never
contact each2other. 2 2
-0 -0 -0
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

4-16 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

2 2 2
• 1-0
In connection of jumper cable, connect the
-11
-0
-11
-0
0 2 2-1 (+) first. When disconnecting jump-
positive 022 02 2
2 2 o2
cko er cable, disconnect the grounding cnegative
ko ck
(-) (the grounding side) first.

NOTICE
Ensure that all jumper cables are clamped to
their connections securely. Fairlure to ob-
serve and follow this notice may result in
equipment damage or poor starting.
Fig 4-26

• When removing the jumper cable, pay at-

tention-0to2 keeping the clips of jumper cable -02 -02
-11
2 touching each other or from touching
22 -11 2 -11
02 from
0 02
cko2 the grader. ck o2 cko2
NOTE：
The batteries for Sany motor grader are com-
posed of two serial maintenance- free battery.
The total voltage is 24V.

4.4.4 Warm up the Engine

WARNING
2 2 2
• 1-0operate any control lever or pedal suddenly
Do not 1-0 when hydraulic oil remains at low tempera-
1-0
0 2 2-1 Make sure to warm up the machine0till
ture. 2 -1
2hydraulic 0 2 2-1point.
oil temperature rises to a suitable
2 2 2
cko • If the machine has not been preheated
cko completely, it may fail to respond or move
cko suddenly and
quickly during operation, and cause serious accidents. In cold region, complete warm-up is es-
pecially necessary.

Do not operate the machine immediately after starting the engine. Proceed and check the following
items:

1. If the ambient temperature is below 20°C, idle the engine for 3~5 min after startup.

2. Operate all control levers cyclically to make the hot hydraulic oil flow into each hydraulic cylinder
and hydraulic oil tube.
-02 -02 -02
-11
3. If22the hydraulic system acts slowly, longer 2 -11
2 is required to warm it up. 2 -11
02
idling
0 0
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-17

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2
4. When the machine
-0 2 SYCD screen(See: “SYCD Screen” on2
is running, observe the meters on the
-0 -0
-11frequently. Continue to preheat the machine
page 3-29)
22 -11 if coolant temperature, normal tempera-
22 -11 2
0 0 02
o 2(80~100℃) and hydraulic oil temperature
ture
ck o 2(50~80℃ ) fail to reach normal values.
ck ck o2
5. Check exhaust color, noise or vibration for abnormality. Repair it if any.

4.4.5 Engine Shut-down

1. Run the engine at idle speed for about 5 O

min to cool it down gradually. I II
2. Turn the ignition switch key to "0" position
to shut down the engine.
1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
3. Remove
2 2-1the key from the ignition switch. 022-1 2-11
III
2 0 2 02
cko c ko ck o2
NOTICE
Shutting down the engine suddenly may
shorten service life of the components.

NOTE：
• Do not shut down the engine suddenly ex-
cept for emergency. Fig 4-27
• Do not shut down the engine suddenly if the
engine is too hot. Run the engine at low idle
02
1- let it cool down gradually. Stop -0 2 -0 2
in order1to
2-
2 2 -11 2-11
20engine. 02 02
o2 o2
the
cko ck ck
4.5 Check Transmission
4.5.1 Check Transmission Oil Level

Check transmission oil level before daily use. The oil inlet of the transmission and the dipstick is lo-
cated under the cab, at the left side of the machine. The steps for checking the transmission oil lev-
el have been described. See“Maintaining the Transmission” on page 5-41 .

4.5.2 Check Transmission Oil Temperature

1 - 02 1 - 02 1 - 02
• When2the
2 -1 allowable temperature of the transmission
2 2-1 shall be at -20 ℃ ~110 ℃ . The 2 2-1
optimal
0 0 0
o2
working
c•kWhen
temperature shall be at 80℃ ~90℃
c
2
ko . c ko
2
the transmission is working, observe the transmission oil alarm light. If the light is on, shut
down the grader and do troubleshooting.

4-18 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

-02 Main Pressure

4.5.3 Check -0 2 -0 2
22-11 22-11 22-11
o 20 normal pressure of the transmissiono oil
The 20shall be at 1.3~1.7MPa. During working,
o 20the transmis-
k k k
c sion oil pressure shall be observed. cIf one gear is chosen, the alarm light for the
c transmission oil
pressure is on, meaning that the clutch pressure is lower than the Min. regulated pressure. Find
out the cause and do troubleshooting.

4.6 Running in the Machine

Overall check and adjustment has been performed to the machine before delivery.

NOTICE
If the machine is initially put into use under harsh condition which may shorten the service life of
-02
the machine.
11 -0211 -02 11
0 2 2- 0 2 2- 0 2 2-
2 2 2
cko c o cko
The components like engine, tandem k drive case, pump, motor and valve are needed to be run in
for a certain period. After running- in period, the machine may obtain longer service life and optimal
efficiency. Therefore, 50-hour’s running-in period is required for initial use. Observe the following
items in running-in period:
• After starting the engine, idle the engine for 5 min for warming up the engine.
• Never start the engine suddenly when warming up the engine.
• Never suddenly start, accelerate, turn and brake except for emergency.
• During run-in time, all forward gears D1-D6 and reverse gears D1-D3 shall be operated
smoothly.
• Never operate the motor grader with full load during running-in period. The travel speed couldn’t

-2 of the maximum travel speed (See “Dimension

exceed070% 02 - 02
of the Equipment” on page 7-3).
-
• Check
2 2 -11 the machine for lubrication. Change22or-1add
1
2
lubricant as required. For its quality,
2
1
-1see:“Fill-
0
2 ing Capacities” on page 5-13 . 0 2 0 2
cko cko cko
• Perform overall check to the machine after 10-hour’s running-in and 50-hour’s running- in
period.

4.7 Move the Machine

4.7.1 Precautions for Moving the Machine

• Make sure there is no person around the machine to avoid injury.

• Always keep the machine under control to avoid injury.
• Fasten 0seat2 belt properly. 02 2
1 - 1 - -0
1 work implements to pass obstacles. 2-1
• Lift2-all 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-19

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02
4.7.2 Move -Forward -0 2 -02
22 -11 2-11 2 -11
0 02 02
o 2the following steps to move forward.
Take
ck cko2 ck o2
1. Sound the horn, and turn the parking brake
switch to the ON position.
6

2. Place the gear selector at any forward 5

gears. 4

3. Depress the accelerator pedal. Then, the 3

motor grader will start moving forward. 2

1
1 - 02 WARNING 1-0
2 -02
2 2- 1
2 2-1
N
2 -11
0
• It2is prohibited to travel at high speed when 2 0 02
ckodriving the machine on the slope orcthe ko ck o2
Fig 4-28
road in poor condition. Or it may cause
accidents.
• Select proper gear before driving the ma-
chine downhill. Never shift gear during
moving the machine downhill. Or it may
cause accidents.

4.7.3 Move Backward

1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
Make the
2
1 settings as moving forward.
2-same 2 2-1 2 -11
0 0 02
o2
c1.kSound c k o2 ck o2
the horn, turn the parking brake 6
switch to the ON position. 5
4
2. Place the gear selector at any reverse
gears. 3
2
3. Depress the accelerator pedal. Then, the
1
motor grader will start moving backward.
N

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 -11
2 Fig 4-29 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

4-20 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

-02 -02 -02

-11 WARNING -11 -11
2 022 2 022 022
cko • It is prohibited to travel at high speed
ckowhen cko2
driving the machine on the slope or the
road in poor condition. Or it may cause
accidents.
• Select proper gear before driving the ma-
chine downhill. Never shift gear during
moving the machine downhill. Or it may
cause accidents.

4.7.4 Gear Control

-02 -02 -02
22 -11 2 -11 2 -11
Operation
0 of the gear selector:
02 02
cko2 c fromk o2 cko2
Hold the gear lever and push the lever 6
NEUTRAL position to left or right, and then 5
move the lever forward or backward to adjust 4
the gears. 3

Observe the following items when shifting: 2

• Gear shifting should be performed gradu- 1

N
ally. Never shift two or more gears at a time.
• Only when the speed reaches the maximum
speed of a lower gear can you operate the
Fig 4-30
-02a lower gear. If needed, press the
lever to -02 -02
-11
22 pedal to reduce the speed. -11 -11
2 0brake 2 022 022
cko • The machine travelling when the gear
cko lever cko2
is in neutral is forbidden.
• Reversing operations at a high speed is not
recommended. If such operation is neces-
sary, do reduce the engine speed, so that
the travelling speed is controlled within
5km/h.

NOTICE
Be careful when shifting. Never shift

- 2
abruptly. 0Otherwise it may cause damage to
- 02 -02
1
-1 selector. 1 -11
the 2gear
02 2-102 022
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-21

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02
4.7.5 Steering -0 2 -02
22 -11 2-11 2-11
0 02 02
o 2turning left forward for example.
Take
ck ck o2 ck o2
1. Turn on the left turn light (See: “Front Control Panel” on page 3-11).

2. Push the gear selector (See:“Right Control Panel” on page 3-17) to the left or right, and turn the
steering wheel leftward.

4.8 Machine Operation

4.8.1 Blade Operation

2 blade leftward
Turning over0the
- -0 2 -02
2 -11 -11 -11
02 022 02 2
ck o2 ck
2
oWARNING ck o2
• When removing the lock pin of swing support, the blade may move suddenly, which may cause
personal injury.
• Make sure the blade is clear of people before removing the lock pin. Furthermore, set the circle
and the blade properly to be at the center under the machine. Straighten the frame and lower
the blade to the ground.

NOTE：
If the locking pin cylinder is hard to be pulled out, please place the blade against the ground and
push the lever
1 - 02for the lifting cylinder and swing cylinder
1 - 02 back and forth intensively to shake 1the
- 02
1 1 1
machine.
2022- 20 22- 22-
20
k o k o
c1. Operate the right blade lift cylinder control
c k
c 1o
lever (See: “Work Implement Control” on
page 3-35) to retract the piston rod (1) fully.
55° - 60°

2
Fig 4-31
-0 2 - 02 02
-11 1 1 11-
02 2
2022-1. Right blade lift cylin- 2. Swing cylinder2-pis-
202
o2
der piston rod ton rod
ck cko ck o
2. Operate the swing cylinder control lever to extend the piston rod (2) fully.

4-22 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

3. Operate
1 - 02the circle turn control lever to form an1-angle
02 of 55~60 degrees between the blade
1 - 02and
2-1front beam.
2the 22-
1
22-
1
o 20 o 20 o 20
k k k
c 4. Operate the blade sideshift cylinderc control lever to shift the blade to the left end.
c
5. Operate the left blade lift cylinder control
lever, and slowly extend the left lift cylinder
piston (3) to make the outmost side of the
blade contact with the ground slightly.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 4-32
ck o2
3. Left lift cylinder
piston

6. Operate the lock pin cylinder switch to

make the lock pin cylinder piston rod (1) re-
cede from the hole on the swing support.
2

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 3 2-11
202 202 o2
02
cko cko ck
Fig 4-33

1. Lock pin cylinder 3. Lift cylinder piston

piston rod
2. Swing support

7. Slowly extend the left blade lift cylinder piston rod (1) and rotate the swing support (2) to align
the lock pin cylinder piston rod (1) with the proper hole on the swing support.

8. Operate the lock pin cylinder switch to insert the lock pin cylinder piston rod (1) into the corre-
02 hole on the swing support (2).
sponding 02 02
2 - 11- 2 - 11- 2 - 11-
9.02
o o 202 where the ground to be graded. Use
2 Shift the drawbar (3) laterally to the position o 202the blade lift
ck ck for grading.
cylinder to determine the slope angle ck
Turning over the blade rightward

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-23

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 - 02 -0 2
2 -11 WARNING2-1
1
2 -11
02 0 2 02
o2 o2
c•k When removing the lock pin of swing support,
ck ck may cause
the blade may move suddenly, which o2
personal injury.
• Make sure the blade is clear of people before removing the lock pin. Furthermore, set the circle
and the blade properly to be at the center under the machine. Straighten the frame and lower
the blade to the ground.

NOTE：
If the locking pin cylinder is hard to be pulled out, please place the blade against the ground and
push the lever for the lifting cylinder and swing cylinder back and forth intensively to shake the
machine. 02 02 02
2 - 11- 2 - 11- -1 1-
202 the left blade lift cylinder control
1. Operate
202 2022
o
k to retract the piston rod (2) fully. ck
clever o cko
1
2

Fig 4-34
-02 - 02 1-0
2
2 -11 22-
1
1.1 Swing cylinder pis- - 1
2. Left blade lift cylin-
02 20 022
o2 2
ton rod der piston rod
ck cko cko
2. Operate the swing cylinder control lever to retract the piston rod (1) fully.

3. Operate the circle turn control lever to form

2
an angle of 55~60 degrees between the blade
55° - 60°
(3) and the front beam (2).
1

-02 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 -11
2 Fig 2 -11
02 02 4-35
02
ck o2 ck o2 cko2
1. Right blade lift cylin- 2. Front beam
der piston rod
3. Blade

4-24 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

-02the blade sideshift cylinder control lever-0to2 shift the blade (3) to the right end.
4. Operate -02
2
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
o 20Operate
5. 202lever. Slowly extend the right blade lift
the right blade lift cylinder control
o o
02
2cylinder piston
c k rod (1) to make the outmost side of k
c the blade contact with the ground slightly.
c k
6. Operate the lock pin cylinder switch to
make the lock pin cylinder piston rod (1) re-
cede from the hole on the swing support (2).

-0 2 -0 2 2
-02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 4-36
cko2
1. Lock pin cylinder 2. Swing support
piston rod

7. Slowly extend the right blade lift cylinder piston rod and rotate the swing support (2) to align the
lock pin cylinder piston rod (1) with the proper hole on the swing support (2).

8. Operate the lock pin cylinder switch to in-

sert the lock pin cylinder piston rod (1) into the
corresponding hole on the swing support (2).

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 4-37

9. Shift the drawbar laterally to the position where the ground to be graded. Use the blade lift cylin-
der to determine the slope angle for grading.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-25

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02from a Steep Slope or a Ditch

4.8.2 Exiting -0 2 -02
22-11 22 -11 2 -11
20 down the machine and lift the blade.o 20 02
1. oShut
ck ck cko2

Fig 4-38

2. When reversing the machine slowly,

make the rear frame twist to the road center.
-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 4-39

3. When reversing the machine slowly, set the

front wheels towards the traveling direction.

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 -11
2 Fig 2 -11
02 02 4-40 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
4. Continue to reverse the machine until it retreats from the deep slope or ditch.

4.8.3 Grading Ground around an Obstacle

1. Grade the ground near the obstacle.

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
Fig 4-41

4-26 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

2 blade along the profile of the -02

2. Move-0the -02
1 1 11 -11
0 22-
obstacle. 22-0 02 2
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 4-42

3. After the machine passes the obstacle,

make the blade return to the original position.
-02 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 4-43

NOTE：
For ground grading, move the blade as close as possible to the obstacle to reduce manual clearing
work.
-02 2 -0 2-0
11 11 11
22-
20 Grading Ground in S Shape
4.8.4 2022- 2022-
cko cko cko
WARNING
To avoid puncturing the tire, prevent the cutting edge from contacting with any tire when the ma-
chine twists.

1. Twist the machine leftwards. Shift the

blade to right side.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
Fig 4-44

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-27

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2 wheels. Shift the blade lat-

2. Straighten-0the -0 2 -02
-1 1 -11 -11
22required.
erally as
0 02 2 02 2
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 4-45

3. Twist the machine rightwards. Shift the

blade to left side.
-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 4-46

4.8.5 Grading the Left Ground

1. Release the swing support lock pin cylinder. Rotate the swing support rightwards by 1~2 holes
by operating the swing cylinder control lever and blade lift cylinder control lever. Lock the swing
support.1-0
2 2 2
1-0 1-0
2 2-1 2 2-1 2-1
0
2 the blade properly. Make the scraped
2. oSet 2 0 202
k
cearth c ko cko
be pushed outside the right wheels.

Fig 4-47

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

4-28 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

3. Lower-0the 2 blade to the target cutting depth. -02 -02

1
-1the front wheels lean rightwards to off- -11 -11
2
Make 2 2 2 02 2
20 20 o2
cko set the side drifting. ko
c ck

Fig 4-48

4. According to the earth to be scraped, prop-

erly adjust the blade (1) pitch angle. Adjust
1 - 02 top to make it 100 mm ahead 1-02 -02
-11
the moldboard
1 -1
22-cutting edge.
of0the 022 02 2
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 4-49

1. Blade

5. Under good conditions, ground grading can be performed from one side to the other side.

6. Pave the2scarified earth on the road until the road surface

2 gets flat. 2
-0 -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
2 022
Normally,
022 ground horizontally. Twisting the machine
straighten the machine body to grade
2 2 022 body is
cko mainly to offset the side drifting caused
cko by the load when cutting deep. Turncthe
ko tandem driven
front wheels to the rear end bit.

In case of wheel slip, turn the front wheels away from the rear end bit. This can reduce the scraping
width and the machine load.

In normal grading, the scraped earth is pushed outside the rear wheels. This is to make the ground
under the rear wheels flat.

4.8.6 Grading the Right Ground

1. Release the swing support lock pin cylinder. Rotate the swing support rightwards by 1~2 holes
1 -02 the swing cylinder control lever1and
by1operating 1 -02blade lift cylinder control lever. Lock the 1 - 02
2-1
swing
0 2 2- 0 2 2- 0 2
2 support. 2 2
cko cko cko

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-29

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-
2. Set the blade
1 02 properly. Make the scraped -0 2 -02
-1
22pushed 2 -11 2 -11
earth be
0 outside the left rear wheels.
02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 4-50

3. Lower the blade to the target cutting depth.

Make the front wheels lean leftwards to offset
1 - 02 -0 2 -02
21
the side drifting.
- 2 -11 2 -11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck

Fig 4-51

4. According to the earth to be scraped, prop-

erly adjust the blade (1) pitch angle. Adjust
the moldboard top to make it 100 mm ahead
1 - 02 -0 2 -02
2-1
of the cutting edge.
2 -11 2 -11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck

Fig 4-52

1. Blade

5. Under good conditions, ground grading can be performed from one side to the other side.

6. Pave the scarified earth on the road until the road surface gets flat.

11 -02 -02 -02

Normally,-straighten
2 2
the machine body to grade ground
2 2 -11 horizontally. Twisting the machine2body
2 -11 is
20 to offset the side drifting caused byothe
mainly
o 20 load when cutting deep. Turn the tandem o 20 driven
k
cfront wheels to the rear end bit. c k c k

4-30 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

2 slip, turn the front wheels away from

In case of-0wheel - 02the rear end bit. This can reduce the scraping
- 02
1 1 1 1 1 1
22-and the machine load.
width
20 20 22- 20 22-
k o k o k o
c In normal grading, the scraped earth isc pushed outside the rear wheels. This is cto make the ground
under the rear wheels flat.

4.8.7 Cutting a V-ditch at Left Side

NOTICE
If the machine twists, the tire side may press the backslope to destroy the side wall and make
dust enter the gap between the tire and the rim to deflate the tire.

-0 2 -
WARNING02 -02
2 -11 1 1
2- 22-11
2•02When 0 2
2 support, 0
o 2 which may
cko cko
removing the lock pin for swing the blade may move suddenly,
cause personal injury.
ck
• Before removing the lock pin for swing support, make sure the blade is clear of person. Further-
more, set the circle and the blade properly to be at the center under the machine. Straighten
the frame and lower the blade to the ground.

NOTE：
If the locking pin cylinder is hard to be pulled out, please place the blade against the ground and
push the lever for the lifting cylinder and swing cylinder back and forth intensively to shake the
machine.
1 - 02 1 - 02 1 - 02
2-1 the position of the swing support 0to22align
1. Adjust
0 2 -1 its lock pin cylinder piston rod with2the
0 2-1 hole on
2 swing support. Press the switch to lock 2 the swing support. 2
cko cko cko
the

2. Set the blade to make its left end bit

swing to the position level with the outer edge
of the left front wheel. Tip the blade forwards
to make the upper part of the moldboard
slightly ahead of the cutting edge.

Fig 4-53
1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
2- 1
2 the right blade to the upmost position. 2- 1 2-11
o 20Lift
3.
o 202Adjust the blade angle to make the scraped
o 202 earth be
ck stacked inside the right rear wheels. ck ck

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-31

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2 blade to make the end bit

4. Lower the-0left -02 -02
1 1 -11 -11
22-desired cutting depth.
fall to the
0 02 2 022
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 4-54

5. Make the front wheels lean to right side. Cut

a thin layer of earth with a thickness of 50
-100 mm. 1-0
2 -02 -02
2 -1 2 -11 2 -11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck

Fig 4-55

6. Keep the left front wheel at the bottom of the

ditch and continue to cut the ditch to the de-
sired depth.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 4-56

4.8.8 Cutting a V-ditch at Right Side

NOTICE
If the machine
1 - 02twists, the tire side may press the backslope
1 - 02 to destroy the side wall and make02
1-
2-1the gap between the tire and the rim to2deflate
dust enter
02
-1 the tire.
02 02 2-1
2 2 2
cko cko cko

4-32 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

-0 2 - 02 -02
2 -11 2-1
WARNING1
2 -11
02 0 2 02
o2
ck • When removing the lock pin for cswing
2
ko support, the blade may move suddenly,
ck o2
which may
cause personal injury.
• Before removing the lock pin for swing support, make sure the blade is clear of person. Further-
more, set the circle and the blade properly to be at the center under the machine. Straighten
the frame and lower the blade to the ground.

NOTE：
If the locking pin cylinder is hard to be pulled out, please place the blade against the ground and
push the lever for the lifting cylinder and swing cylinder back and forth intensively to shake the
machine. 02 02 02
2 - 11- 2 - 11- 2 - 11-
o 2 2
1.0Adjust the position of the swing support 0to2 align its lock pin cylinder piston rod with
o 2 o 202the hole on
ck the swing support. Press the switch tocklock the swing support. ck
2. Set the blade (1) to make its right end
bit swing to the position level with the outer
edge of the right front wheel. Tip the blade(1)
forwards to make the upper part of the mold-
board slightly ahead of the cutting edge.
1
3. Lift the left blade to the upmost position. Ad-
just the blade angle to make the scraped earth
be stacked inside the left rear wheels.
Fig 4-57
1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
2 - 1 2 -1 2 -11
202 202 02
1. Blade

cko 4. Lower the right blade (1) to make the o

ckend cko2
bit
fall to the desired cutting depth.

-0 2 - 02 -02
2 -11 2
1
-1 Fig 4-58 2 -11
202 202 o2
02
cko cko 1. Blade ck

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-33

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-
5. Make the front
1 02 wheels lean to left side. Cut a 1 - 02 -0 2
2 2-1of earth with a thickness of 50- 022-1 2-11
thin layer
2 0 2 02
ko
100mm.
c c ko cko2

Fig 4-59

6. Keep the left front wheel at the bottom of the ditch and continue to cut the ditch to the desired
depth. 2 -0 2 -0 2 -0
11 11 11
22-
20Cutting a Flat-bottom Ditch
4.8.9 2022- 2022-
cko cko cko
NOTICE
If the machine twists, the tire side may press the back slope to destroy the side wall and make
dust enter the gap between the tire and the rim to deflate the tire.

WARNING
• When removing the lock pin for swing support, the blade may move suddenly, which may
cause personal injury.
• 02 the lock pin for swing support, make0sure
Before removing
1-
2 the blade is clear of person. Further-02
1- 1-
1 1 1
22-set the circle and the blade properly to22be- at the center under the machine. Straighten
more,
20frame and lower the blade to the ground. 20 22-20
c k o
the
c k o cko

NOTE：
If the locking pin cylinder is hard to be pulled out, please place the blade against the ground and
push the lever for the lifting cylinder and swing cylinder back and forth intensively to shake the
machine.

If there is no V-ditch, cut one whose depth is that of the required flat-bottom ditch.

The slope of the road shoulder should be flatter than that of general road shoulder. The shoulder
slope should be continuous till the end of the road shoulder.
-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 cko2

4-34 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

2 forwards.
1. Tip the-0blade -02 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
o 202Adjust the position of the swingo 2sup-
2. 02
o2
02
ck port properly to align the lock pin cylinder
ck pis- ck
ton rod with the hole on the swing support.
Operate the switch to lock the swing support.

3. Have the right front wheel on the bottom

of the V-ditch.

Fig 4-60

4. Place the front end bit of the blade (1) at the

track of right front wheel and allow the re-
1 - 02 ditch width to be obtained in 1-02 -02
-11
quired flat-bottom
-1 -1
022step.
one 022 022
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 4-61

1. Blade

02 right end bit to the target depth.

5. Lower the
- -02 -02
-11
22 the left end bit and swing it to the desired -11 -11
6.0Lift 022 slope gradient of the road shoulder. 022
cko2 k o2
c side. ck o2
7. Make the front wheels lean to the left

8. When cutting another V-ditch, make it slightly deeper than or as deep as the first one.

9. Remove the earth to the road center.

10. Lower the right end bit to the target depth.

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
Fig 4-62

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-35

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2 end bit to the target depth.

11. Lower the-0left -0 2 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
202 the position of swing support properly
12. Adjust
o o 202 to align the lock pin cylinder pistonorod
202with the
k on the swing support. Operate the switch
chole ck to lock the swing support. ck
13. At the beginning, have the right front
wheel on the bottom of the first -ditch.

-02 - 02 -02
2 -11 22-
Fig1
1 4-63 2 -11
02 0 02
o2
k
c14. o2
k cko2
Swing the right end bit to the bottom ofc the back slope.

15. Lower the right end bit and straighten the

cutting edge on the cut slope.

16. Lower the left end bit to the target depth

and make the front wheels lean to the left
side.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 -11
2 Fig 2 -11
02 02 4-64 02
cko2 cko2 cko2
17. Set the blade at a very small angle and re-
move the earth to the ditch back slope.

18. Level the mounds of earth to finish

grading.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 Fig 4-65
cko2
1. Blade

4-36 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

-02
4.8.10 Cleaning a Left Ditch -02 -02
2 -11 -11 -11
02 022 02 2
cko2 ck
2
o NOTICE ck o2
If the machine twists, the tire side may press the backslope to destroy the side wall and make
dust enter the gap between the tire and the rim to deflate the tire.

WARNING
• When removing the lock pin for swing support, the blade may move suddenly, which may
cause personal injury.
• Before removing the lock pin for swing support, make sure the blade is clear of person. Further-
more, set the circle and the blade properly to be at the center under the machine. Straighten
2 2 2
1-0 and lower the blade to the ground. 11-0
the1frame
- - -11
-0
2 2 2
202 202 o2
02
cko cko ck
NOTE：
If the locking pin cylinder is hard to be pulled out, please place the blade against the ground and
push the lever for the lifting cylinder and swing cylinder back and forth intensively to shake the
machine.

1. Adjust the position of the swing support properly to align the lock pin cylinder piston rod with the
hole on the swing support. Operate the switch to lock the swing support.

2. Swing the left end bit (1) to the place behind

the left front wheel (2).

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

1 2

Fig 4-66

1. End bit 2. Front wheel

3. Lower the left blade to set the cutting depth.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-37

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

- 02 of the right blade to make

4. Set the position
1 1 - 02 -02
2 2-1 earth be stacked on the slope be- 022-1 2 -11
the scraped
2 0 2 02
ko the tandem wheels at both sides. ko
tween
c c ck o2

Fig 4-67

5. Make the front wheels lean to the right side slightly.

6. Perform another2 scraping. Make the scraped earth-0be2 paved on the slope and road shoulder.
1 - 0 1 1 - 02
1
Level the-mounds
2
of earth for final grading. -1 2 -1 2
02 02 02
k o2
c4.8.11 ck o2 ck o2
Cleaning a Right Ditch

NOTICE
If the machine twists, the tire side may press the back slope to destroy the side wall and make
dust enter the gap between the tire and the rim to deflate the tire.

WARNING
• When removing the lock pin for swing support, the blade may move suddenly, which may

102 injury.
cause personal
- 1 - 02 1 - 02
• Before 1
2-removing -1 sure the blade is clear of person. Further-
the lock pin for swing support,2make 2-1
0 2
2 set the circle and the blade properly 0 2 0 2
2 to be at the center under the machine.o Straighten
2
ckothe frame and lower the blade to the ground.
cko
more,
ck

NOTE：
If the locking pin cylinder is hard to be pulled out, please place the blade against the ground and
push the lever for the lifting cylinder and swing cylinder back and forth intensively to shake the
machine.

1. Adjust the position of the swing support properly to align the lock pin cylinder piston rod with the
hole on the swing support. Operate the switch to lock the swing support.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

4-38 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

2. Swing-0 2 right end bit (1) to the place be- -02

the -0 2
1
-1 right front wheel. 11 -11
0 22the
hind 22-
0 02 2
cko2 cko2 cko2

Fig 4-68

-02 -02 Right end bit

1. -0 2
22 -11 22 -11 2-11
2 0 2 0 02
cko 3. Lower the right blade to set
cko
the cutting
cko2
depth.

Fig 4-69

4. Set the position of the left blade to make

1 - 02 earth be stacked on the slope be- 1-02 -0 2
-11
the scraped
-1 -1
022 the tandem wheels at both sides. 022
tween 02 2
cko2 cko2 cko2

Fig 4-70

5. Make the front wheels lean to the left side slightly.

6. Perform another scraping. Make the scraped earth be paved on the slope and road shoulder.

-02
Level the mounds of earth for final grading. 2 -0 2 -0
11 11 11
2022- 2022- 2022-
cko cko cko

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-39

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 a Left Road Shoulder

4.8.12 Cleaning -0 2 -02
2 -11 -11 -11
02 022 02 2
ck o2 cko
2
NOTICE ck o2
If the machine twists, the tire side may press the backslope to destroy the side wall and make
dust enter the gap between the tire and the rim to deflate the tire.

WARNING
• When removing the lock pin for swing support, the blade may move suddenly, which may
cause personal injury.
• Before removing the lock pin for swing support, make sure the blade is clear of person. Further-
more, set the circle and the blade properly to be at the center under the machine. Straighten
02 -0 2 -02
2 -11-and lower the blade to the ground.
the frame
2 -11 2 -11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck
NOTE：
If the locking pin cylinder is hard to be pulled out, please place the blade against the ground and
push the lever for the lifting cylinder and swing cylinder back and forth intensively to shake the
machine.

1. Adjust the position of the swing support

properly to align the lock pin cylinder piston
rod with the hole on the swing support. Oper-
ate the switch to lock the swing support.

2 end bit to the position level

2. Swing the 0left
- - 02 -02
1
1 edge of the left wheels. The 2-1
with the2-outer 1 -11
2 2
o
earth 0
2 must be removed from the space be- o 202 o2
02
k
ctween ck ck
the two wheels.

3. Lower the blade horizontally and let it fall to Fig 4-71

the target cutting depth.

4. Make the front wheels lean to the right side

slightly.

4.8.13 Cleaning a Right Road Shoulder

NOTICE
1 - 02twists, the tire side may press the backslope
1 - 02 1 - 02
-1
If the machine
-1 to destroy the side wall and
2-1
make
022 the gap between the tire and the rim20to22deflate the tire.
dust2enter 2 0 2
cko cko cko

4-40 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

-02 - 02 -02
2 -11 2-1
WARNING1
2 -11
02 0 2 02
o2
ck • When removing the lock pin for cswing
2
ko support, the blade may move suddenly,
ck o2
which may
cause personal injury.
• Before removing the lock pin for swing support, make sure the blade is clear of person. Further-
more, set the circle and the blade properly to be at the center under the machine. Straighten
the frame and lower the blade to the ground.

NOTE：
If the locking pin cylinder is hard to be pulled out, please place the blade against the ground and
push the lever for the lifting cylinder and swing cylinder back and forth intensively to shake the
machine. 02 02 02
2 - 11- 2 - 11- 2 - 11-
o 2 2
1.0Adjust
202
the position of the swing support properly
o 202rod with the
to align the lock pin cylinder piston
o
ck hole on the swing support. Operate the ckswitch to lock the swing support. ck
2. Set the blade to make its right end bit level
with the outer edge of the right wheels. The
earth must be removed from the space be-
tween the two wheels.

-02 - 02 -02
2 -11 2 -1 1 Fig 4-72
2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 o2 o2
3. Lower the blade horizontally and letck
it fall to the target cutting depth. ck
4. Make the front wheels lean to the left side slightly.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-41

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 a Wet Ditch

4.8.14 Scraping -0 2 -02
22 -11 22 -11 2 -11
20the machine to make its front wheels (2) 20 02
k o
Twist
k o
cand blade (1) in the ditch. Turn with the cfront cko2
wheels.

1
2

-02 2
0
Fig1-4-73 -02
2 -11 2 -1 22 -11
202 202 o2
0
cko cko
1. Blade 2. Front wheels
ck
The wet mud and loose earth will make the
wheels slip. Hold the rear wheels on the road
shoulder to avoid slip.

-02 02
Fig -4-74 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
k o2
cNOTE： ck o2 cko2
There may be such obstacles as branches and stones in old ditches. For cleaning, you can use
the following methods to bypass the obstacles.

4.8.15 Grading on a Slope

WARNING
• To work on a steep side slope, it is necessary to be very familiar with the machine
performance.
• 2 the machine uphill or on a very steep
When operating 2 slope, do not twist the machine body 2
-0 -0 -0
-11
excessively.
22 22-
11
22-
11
• oIn20case 0 0
o 2 the machine may tip over, resultingoin2 personal
of working on a very steep side slope,
ck injury or death. ck ck

4-42 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

-
1. On a very
1 02 steep slope, make a turn by twist- 1-02 -02
ing22 -1 machine. This method can make the 2 2-1 2 -11
2 0 the
2 0 02
cko rear of the machine hold at the bottom ckoof the cko2
cutting surface. To obtain the maximum stabil-
ity, twist the machine body for balance
compensation.

Fig 4-75

2. When the machine head deflects as the

blade is subject to heavy load, make a turn by
twisting the2machine. 2 2
-0 -0 -0
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
202
NOTE：
o2
02
o2
02
cko On ck at low
steep slope, operate the machine ck
speed.

Fig 4-76

4.8.16 Scraping a Right Side Slope

WARNING
• When removing the lock pin for swing support, the blade may move suddenly, which may
02 -02 -02
2-11-personal injury.
cause
2 -11 -11
2
2•02Before removing the lock pin for swing support,
202 202 Further-
make sure the blade is clear of person.
cko ko
more, set the circle and the bladecproperly cko
to be at the center under the machine. Straighten
the frame and lower the blade to the ground.

The following procedures are for the right-side mounds of earth. Swing the blade to the other side
and the procedures can be also used for treating the left-side mounds of earth.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-43

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-
1. As subgrade,
1 02 the cut roadbed surface -0 2 -02
2-1uniform.
should2be 2 -11 2 -11
0 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 4-77

2. In case of a hard mound of earth, provide

- 2 a slope towards the mound
0with - 02 -02
the subgrade 1
-1 prevent the machine from sliding 22-1 1 -11
0 2 2to 022
20
of earth
o 2 o o2
c k
away from the mound of earth during c k
working. ck

Fig 4-78

3. Tip the blade forwards to 3/4 of the full range or fully tip it forwards.

4. Adjust the rear frame to make the leftmost hole on it align with the lock pin, and lock it.
1 - 02 -0 2 -02
2
1 blade to the right
5. Shift2-the side. See: 2 -11 2 -11
0
2 Operation” on page 4-22. 02 02
cko
“Blade
ck o2 cko2

Fig 4-79

1. Left end bit

02 clockwise and lower the left end bit (1)

6. Rotate the circle
- 02 at the same time.
- -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

4-44 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

2 rear end bit (1) at the bottom of -02

7. Place-0the -02
1
-1 Swing it to the place level with the -11 -11
the22 2 2 2
20
slope.
20 02
cko outer side of the rear wheels. ko c cko2

Fig 4-80

1. Rear end bit

2 2 2
- 1-0
1 - 1 1-0 -11
-0
2
8. Set
02slope
the right rear wheels (1) to the base
022
of
022
2 2 o2
cko cko
the formed by the V-ditch.
ck

1
Fig 4-81

1. Rear wheels
2 02 2
1-0 1 -
-11
-0
0 2 2-1 the right blade to enable it to cut the
9. Lower
0 2 -1 slope.
2target 022
2 2 o2
cko 10. Gradually move to the cutting surface.
cko ck
NOTE：
Normally, the wheels should be nearly vertical
to the ground.

Fig 4-82

1 - 02 1 - 02 1 - 02
11. In 1 of deep cutting, lean the front wheels
2-case 2-1towards the slope. 2-1
2 0 2 2 0 2 2 0 2
cko 12. In case of shallow cutting, make cthe
ko front wheels lean away from the slope.
ckoThe earth is re-
moved from the slope to the outside of the rear wheels.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-45

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 the Scarifier(Optional)

4.8.17 Operating -0 2 -02
2 -11 -11 -11
02 022 022
ck o2 cko
2
NOTICE ck o2
• When operating the scarifier , place the machine straight.
• When steering, raise the scarifier to avoid damage to the scarifier tips.

1. Big tooth (1) of the scarifier is used to scar-

ify rigid soil.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2
Fig 4-83

1. Big tooth

2. When moving straight, push the scarifier

control lever forward to dig the teeth of the
scarifier into the soil.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 -11
2 Fig 2 -11
02 02 4-84 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2
3. Dig the teeth into the soil deeper at a
speed matching with the work load.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2
Fig 4-85

4-46 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

2
-0scarifier
4. Pull the 02 scarifier to the highest position.
control lever backward to raise -the -0 2
2 2 -11 2-11 2-11
20Clean 02 02
cko
5. the soil left on the scarifier.
cko2 cko2
4.8.18 Operating the Dozer Plate(Optional)

Operate the dozer plate control lever to raise or lower the dozer plate. The lift height and cutting
depth of the dozer plate depend on the stroke of the operating cylinder. Make the dozer plate oper-
ate with full load.
• Never overload the machine.
• Avoid excessive tire slippage.

When operating the dozer plate, it is easier to control the dozer plate with full load than the dozer
2 full load.
plate without
-0 2 -0 2 -0
11 11 11
20 22-
4.8.19 Inflating the Tire 2022- 20 22-
cko cko cko
Tire inflation procedures
• Check the tire valve before inflation. Wipe out the dust on the valve hole and do not loosen the
valve core. If the valve hole and valve core are not fit flatly (e.g., bulgy or concave phenomenon
or other defects), do not carry out inflation or pressure measurement.
• Keep the valve core clean during inflation. The air inflated into the tire should be free of water or
oil, or the rubber of tube may be deteriorated and damaged. We recommend nitrogen for infla-
tion, as it can greatly reduce the oxidation of tire.

NOTICE
• -02
11care during inflation. Check the tire pressure
Take
02
11- with a pressure gauge from time to11time
- to 02
0 2 2- 0 2 2- 0 2 2-
o 2 avoid the explosion of tire as a result
o 2
of incorrect inflation pressure. Check the 2
pressure
o
gauge
c k k
regularly to ensure the accuracy ofctire pressure inspection. c k
• Check the tire pressure at least once a month. The check must be done when the tire is cold. If
the tire needs to be inflated after working for a period, you must wait till the tire cools down. This
is because the tire pressure measurement is incorrect when the tire is very hot.

• Never inflate the tire to a pressure highly over the standard value and then deflate it. Do not in-
flate the tire to a high pressure either. Excessive inflation pressure will make the cord over-ex-
tended, the tire adhesion force reduced, the tire damaged at an early stage, and the life time of
tire shortened.
• 2
After inflation, you can coat some soap water on 2the valve cock to check for air leakage (little
2
-0 -0 -0
2-11 Fit the valve hole and cap together firmly
bubble). -11 to prevent the valve hole from sands.-11
2 2
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-47

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-0 2 - 02 - 02
Model-11 1 1
022
Tire Size Wheel Pressure
0 2 2-1 Wheel Nut
0 2 2-1
Tightening Torque

o 2 2 2
cko(front) cko
（0.25±0.025）MPa
ck 17.50-25 12PR
STG series M22×1.5 (700±50) N•M
B L-2
(0.3±0.025) MPa (rear)

4.9 Parking the Machine

4.9.1 Stopping the Machine

Stop the machine on flat ground. If it has to be parked on a slope, chock the wheels securely.
• Apply the service brake to slow down the machine, and consequently stop the machine.
• Push the 1gear
- 02 selector at Neutral position. 1 - 02 1 - 02
• Apply2 -1 parking brake.
2the 2 2-1 2 2-1
0 0 0
o 2 the blade to the ground and applyckslight
c•kLower o 2 downward pressure to it. cko
2

4.9.2 Stopping the Engine

• Stop the engine, see:“Engine Shut-down”

O
on page 4-18.
I II
• Operate all hydraulic control levers for-
wards and backwards to release the pres-
sure of the hydraulic system. Then reset the
control levers.
III
2 2 2
1-0 NOTICE 1-0 -11
-0
0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1 02 2
• In2case of loaded operation, immediate en- 2 o2
cko cko ck
gine stall will cause overheating and accel-
erate the wear of engine parts. You should
idle it for 1-2 min.
• For temporary parking, if the machine is at
an unsafe place, turn the key switch clock-
wise to “I” position and turn on the parking Fig 4-86
indicator switch. The indicator will flash.
This can prevent accidents.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

4-48 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

-02 the Machine

4.9.3 Leaving -02 -02
22 -11 -11 -11
20 022 02 2
cko • Face o2
the machine and hold the handrails
ck 关 OFF cko2
with both hands to dismount the machine
from the steps.
• Check the engine compartment for scraps.
If any, remove them to avoid fire.
开 ON 开 ON
• Remove all flammable scraps on the front
guard board from the access door properly.
This is to reduce the risk of fire.
• Turn the battery disconnect switch to OFF
关 OFF
position.
• Lock all 2
-0access doors and boxes/chambers. -02 4-87
Fig -02
2 -11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 cko2
4.9.4 Towing the Machine

In case of the engine malfunctions, the motor grader needs to be towed. Perform the following
work before towing the machine:
• Release the parking brake as required.
• As the steering pump does not work, the motor grader steering is difficult during towing. Long-
distance towing is unsuitable. The towing speed shall not exceed 10km/h and the towing dis-
tance shall not exceed 10km.

4.10 Machine
2 Transportation 2 2
-0 -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
022 Preparation before Loading
4.10.1 02 2 02 2
ck o2 cko2 cko2
• Perform warm-up operation before loading/ unloading the machine in cold weather. See: Sec-
tion “Warm up the Engine” on page 4-17.
• In case of shipping, measures against sea water, salt mist and corrosion shall be taken. For ex-
ample, applying wax on paint; applying antirust oil on machined surfaces and cylinder piston
rods and then wrapping them in oiled paper.

4.10.2 Check before Loading

• Check the length, width, height and weight of the trailer for loading the machine.
• 2
Check whether the ground is solid and flat. Check2whether there is a certain safety distance2be-
1 -0 11 -0 11 -0
2-1 the machine and the road edge.
tween
02 22- 22-
•2 20 20
cko • cko
Check whether stoppers are set under the wheels.
cko

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-49

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

• 2 the access ramp is wide and strong2enough to support the machine. Check2
Check whether
1 -0 -0 -0
-11 15°.
2-1the gradient of the access ramp is less 2than
whether
22-
11
2 02 2 02 20
cko
4.10.3 Loading cko cko

• Lift the blade, dozer plate and scarifier to the highest positions. Operate them to the traveling
position.
• Align the center line of the machine with that of the trailer.
• Drive the machine onto the slope slowly.
• After correcting the machine position, straighten the articulation frame, adjust the front wheels to
be vertical, lower the blade to the required position for traveling, lower the dozer plate and scari-
fie , and underlay them with rubber or soft wood.
• 2 and take down the key. 02 2
Stop the engine
0
1- window and close the engine hood.-11- -0
• -1cab
Lock the
2 2 2-11
02 02 02
k o2
c4.10.4 ck o2 ck o2
Transportation

• Fix the four machine corners and work implements onto the trailer with chains or cables. Con-
nect the chains or cables to the frame. They shall not cross or press on the hydraulic pipeline or
hose.
• Fix the articulation steering with the pull rod. Wedge the wheels with triangle timber blocks. Take
other measures to fix the motor grader firmly .
• Keep the coolant in the engine water tank. Reserve some fuel for delivery.
• Disconnect the battery.

0 2 -02 -02
11-
4.10.5 Unloading
2 - -11 -11
202 2 022 2 022
o the work implement. Move the machine
c•kLift cko slowly. The junction of flatbed rear end
ckoand slope is
protuberant. Take care to pass it.
• When the machine moves to the slope, lower the machine carefully until it leaves the slope com-
pletely (prevent possible hydraulic cylinder damage and severer collision between the blade and
ground).

4.10.6 Container Transportation

1. Packing requirements

• To prevent rust of electrical elements in cab, put a bag of dryer into the control box. Remove the
0 2 -0 2 0 2
2 11- film. Put the whole bag of dryer in the
outer plastic
- 2 11control
- 2 11-
box. Do not put it near any electrical
-
202 Afterwards, wrap up the control box
element.
o not loosen during transportation. cko 202with bubble film and fix it with tape. Make
202 sure it
ckwill cko

4-50 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

• 2 identify the removed parts. Pack them2 in accordance with the requirements of con-
Record and 2
1 -0 11 -0 11 -0
2 2-1 transportation.
tainer
22- 22-
o 20Protect
• 20
the painted surfaces during oloading/unloading 0
o 2 bruise and
and transportation. Avoid
ck scratch.
ck ck
• Fix the supporting bracket and wood wedges firmly. Fasten the motor grader body, parts and at-
tached spare parts to the container reliably. This is to prevent the jolt and vibration during trans-
portation from damaging the painted surfaces and body.

2. Removing and packing the machine

Take the following steps to remove and pack the machine:

1) Align the grader with the entrance of the container.

-026 tiers with 6 drums(6 drums of φ960).

2) Replace -0 2 -0 2
2 2-11 2 -11 2 -11
20Remove
3) 202 plug and fix oil pipes.
the dozer plate body (if equipped),
o2
02
cko cko ck
4) Place the blade inclined to make its width within 2100 mm and ground clearance above 120
mm.

5) Connect the two ball heads of the lift cylinder on the drawbar and the fork of the swing arm with
steel ropes and tighten them.

6) Separate the lift cylinder and the drawbar. Lift the end of the position rod horizontally and tighten
it with the swing arm with steel ropes.

7) Remove and lift the cab: remove the control console, disconnect connectors and washer pipes.
2 2 2
1-0 the cab slowly onto the bracket and then
Lift down 1-0 fix the control console. -11
-0
0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1 0 22
2 2 2
cko
8) Place the removed 6 tires in front of othe container. Wedge the tires with 3 wooden
cko
blocks and
ck
nail them with the flood . Nail a bar onto the wooden blocks. Fasten the bar and the hooks of the
container with iron wires. Wrap all connectors of cables against rust.

9) Remove the mirrors on the cab and wrap them in a box together with mounting bolts for the front
weight. Place the box on the cab flow .

10)Remove the exhaust tail pipe. Protect the connectors against dirt. Place and fix them on the
cab flow .

11)Place the six tires on the bracket and tighten them. Drive the grader slowly into the container
-02 contacts with the tires. Wedge rear -wheels
and slightly
11
02 and nail them. Tighten the 6 drums
11 -02with 11
2 22-hooks.
0the 2 0 2 2-
2 0 2 2-
cko 12)Place the 5 big teeth assembly intockthe
o cko
wooden case. Count them correctly and close the case.
Place it in the middle position under the tire bracket.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-51

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2 seat from the scarifier body and install the

13)Separate the
-0 2 seat onto the grader connecting corre- 2
-0 -0
-11oil pipes and plug them.
sponding
2 22-
11
22-
11
02 20 20
k o2
c14)Fork cko under the tire bracket and tighten them.
the teeth bracket and the rod bracket ckoWedge the
blade and place the front weight under the scarifier seat.

15)Fix the removed cab onto the bracket, and fork it into the rear of the container, making the
clearance to the left and the right sides respectively 100 mm. Nail the bracket and fix them with
iron wires.

16)Place the accessory box in the rear of the container 100 mm away from the rear wall.

See the figure for the layout of assembly .

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 -02 -0 2
-11 -11 -11
2 022 02 2 02 2
cko
Fig 4-88
ck o2 ck o2
3. Moving the machine out of container

Take the following steps to move the machine out of container:

1) Open the container door. Release the restraints positioning the cab, basic machine and tires:
iron wires, positioning wood wedges, steel nails, etc. Remove the bubble film on the control box.
Take out the dryer.

2) Use a forklift to take out the cab together with the bracket.

02 fixing the parts box. Take out the parts

3) Pry out the-nails -02box and attached objects. -0 2
2 -11 2-11 2-11
202 sure all restraints have been removed20and
4) Make
o
2 there is no obstacle. Next, operate2according
02
ckto the following procedures: cko cko
• After sufficient ventilation, get the ignition key, start the engine and turn on the illuminating light.

4-52 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Operation

• 2 until the height above the ground exceeds

Lift the blade 2 60 mm (pulling back the handles at2 left
1 -0 1 -0 1 -0
2 2-1right ends). Lift the scarifier to the highest
and 2-1 position (pulling back the left fourth
02 2-1 handle
02
o 20counted 2 2
cko cko
from outside to inside).
ck • Engage reverse gear 1 (pulling back the gear control lever for 2 positions) to accelerate slowly.
Control the direction to travel straight. Prevent any wheel from touching the container wall.
• Set a cross tie at the sill of the container for transition. Thus, the basic machine can pass the sill
stably. Drive it to a proper place for reassembly.

4. Reassembly

1) Cab
• Adjust the seat and console to move toward the cab center .
• Lift and install the cab.
• Connect
1 - 02 the wires, water pipes, bolts and pins 1 - 02
against side dumping. -0 2
- 1
•22Readjust the seat and console. 22 - 1 2 -11
0 0 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
2) Tires
Install the tires. Check the tire pressure. If insufficient, inflate them. See:“Inflating the Tire” on
page 4-47.

3) Dozer plate (if equipped)

Align the mounting hole of the dozer plate with the screw hole on the front beam. Use bolts, nuts
and washers, spring washers. Unscrew the plugs of the upper and lower oil tubes. Connect with
the corresponding balance valve connector.

5. Site transfer

-02
1) After construction
11
02
at one worksite, transfer the -machine
11 -02
to another worksite by short- distance
11
20 22- traveling, see:“Precautions for Moving22the
road
20
- Machine” on page 4-19.
2 0 2 2-
k o k o
c 2) Observe the local traffic laws and regulations.
c cko

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 4-53

 Operation STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

4-54 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Maintenance
5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
2 2 2
0 0 0
2 11- ...................................................................................................................................5-3
5.1 General
- 2 - 11- 2 - 11-
o 202 5.1.1 Introduction ..................................................................................................................5-3
o 202 o 202
ck 5.1.2 Precautions on Engine Performance ck ck
.......................................................................5-3
5.1.3 Precautions on Fuel System......................................................................................5-3
5.1.4 Precautions on Hydraulic System.............................................................................5-3
5.2 Requirements on Use of Oil & Fluids .................................................................................5-4
5.2.1 Engine Oil.....................................................................................................................5-4
5.2.2 Fuel ...............................................................................................................................5-4
5.2.3 Lubricant.......................................................................................................................5-5
5.2.4 Grease ..........................................................................................................................5-5
5.2.5 Coolant .........................................................................................................................5-5

1 02 & Fluids Selection..................................................................................................5-5

5.2.6 Oil
- 1 - 02 1 - 02
2 -1 Requirements of Oil and Fluids.................................................................................5-7
25.2.7 2 2-1 2 2-1
0 0
2 5.2.8 Lubrication Intervals.................................................................................................
2 2 0 5-12
cko 5.2.9 Filling Capacities ......................................................................................................
cko cko 5-13
5.3 Maintenance ....................................................................................................................... 5-13
5.3.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................... 5-13
5.3.2 Routine Maintenance............................................................................................... 5-13
5.3.3 Regular Technical Maintenance Intervals ............................................................ 5-14
5.3.4 Maintenance for Long-time Stored Grader........................................................... 5-16
5.3.5 Maintenance for the Engine.................................................................................... 5-17
5.3.6 Maintenance for the Hydraulic System ................................................................. 5-30
5.3.7 Maintaining the A/C.................................................................................................. 5-32
- 2
5.3.80Maintaining the Rear Axle Components
- 02...............................................................
- 2
05-38
1 1
-1 Maintaining the Transmission................................................................................. 1
0 2 25.3.9 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1 5-41
2 5.3.10 Maintaining the Circle Drive 2.................................................................................
2
cko cko cko
5-43
5.3.11 Maintaining the Work Implement ......................................................................... 5-49
5.3.12 Maintaining the Blade............................................................................................ 5-50

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-1

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

5.3.13 Key2 Hinged Components Lubrication .................................................................

2 5-512
- 0 - 0
1Maintaining the Electric System...........................................................................
1 1-0
-
5.3.14 1 - 1 - 1
5-51
2 022 Filling Windshield Washing Fluid.........................................................................
5.3.15 2 022 2 022 5-53
cko 5.3.16 Checking/replacing Windshield cko Wiper ................................................................
cko 5-54
5.3.17 Check the Bolts ...................................................................................................... 5-54
5.4 Maintenance Overview...................................................................................................... 5-54
5.4.1 Basic Principle .......................................................................................................... 5-54
5.4.2 Basic Maintenance Methods .................................................................................. 5-54
5.4.3 Replacing Scarifier Tooth Tip.................................................................................. 5-56
5.4.4 Removing the Front Axle Assembly ...................................................................... 5-56
5.4.5 Articulation Steering Cylinder................................................................................. 5-60

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

5-2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

5.Maintenance
02 2 2
- -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
2 022 02 2 02 2
cko 5.1 General ck o2 ck o2
5.1.1 Introduction

Read all safety information, warnings and instructions before servicing the machine. Correct main-
tenance will increase the reliability of the machine and prolong the service time of essential
components.

5.1.2 Precautions on Engine Performance

The rate between combustion air and fuel injection of the dieselengine has been carefully ad-

1 02 performance, temperature level and

justed. Engine’s
- 1 - 02the quality of the exhaust gas are determined
1 - 02
2-1
by that. 2-1 2-1
o 202 o 202 o 202
ck You should consult the service department
ck of our company or the engine manufacturer
ck if the en-
gine has to work with full load at the high altitude area.

5.1.3 Precautions on Fuel System

• The lifetime of diesel engine mainly depends on the fuel cleanliness.

• Make sure the engine is free of dirt and water, or the injection elements may be damaged.
• Do not use a galvanized iron barrel to store fuel.
• Before drawing the fuel from a barrel, leave the barrel aside for a long time.
• Keep the suction pipe stationary to avoid stirring up the sediments at the bottom of the barrel.
02 the fuel on the bottom of the barrel.1-02
• Do not1-draw 1 - 02
1 2-1cleaning without applying to the engine. -1
2 22- fuel left in the barrel can only be used02for
• 0The
2 022
2
cko cko cko
5.1.4 Precautions on Hydraulic System

Keep the hydraulic system from being contaminated. Make sure no dirt or any other dirty sub-
stance enters the system, as even tiny particles may scratch the valve, making pumps to seize or
block the throttle or guide hole and resulting in high repair cost.
• If the oil level is found to have dropped during the daily check, check all lines and hydraulic ele-
ments for leakage.
• Seal the external leakage at once. If necessary, inform the relevant after-sales service depart-
ment for repair.
• 2 the barrel containing hydraulic oil in 2the open air. The water may enter the barrel
Do not leave 2
-0 -0 -0
-11 the oil drain outlet because of weather
through
2 -11changes.
2 22-
11
02 02 20 a fine filter
cko •2 Use an oil filling and filtering device too 2fill hydraulic oil. This device is equippedo with
ck ck
that can filter the hydraulic oil and prolong the lifetime of the filter.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-3

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

• 2
Unless it is necessary, 2
do not leave the oil filler of the hydraulic oil tank open. Otherwise, the dirt2
1 -0 11 -0 11 -0
2-1 the oil tank.
may enter
02 22- 22-
2 20 20
cko cko cko
5.2 Requirements on Use of Oil & Fluids
5.2.1 Engine Oil

Choose engine oil according to the function and type. Other engine oil meeting the required speci-
fications also can be chosen.

As the viscosity of lubricant varies with the temperature, the local ambient temperature is ex-
tremely important for the selection of viscosity grade.

If the ambient temperature is occasionally lower than the applicable temperature limit (for example,
1
using SAE 15W/40- 02 engine oil at -15℃ ), only the engine
1 - 02cold start capability but not the engine1will
- 02
1 1 1
22-
be affected.
20 2022- 20 22-
k o k o
cThe multi-grade oil does not require frequentoily
c k o
c change.
change according to the temperature

The synthetic oil is better since it can be used under higher temperature and it is more reliable.

The engine oil used by this machine shall be changed every 250 working hours. This change inter-
val is only applicable for engine adopting diesel oil with sulfur content below 0.5% and in tempera-
ture above -10°C.

When the sulfur content is 0.5% ~1% or the temperature is below -10° C, the oil change interval
should be shortened half. If the sulfur content is 1~1.5%, the engine oil shall contain TBN, 12 times
more sulfur content, with the change interval shortened half.
2 2 2
- 1 1-0 -11
-0
-11
-0
022 2 2
5.2.2 Fuel
2 02 02
cko o2
ckWARNING ck o2

• Do not mix diesel with gasoline, alcohol or mixture of gasoline and alcohol, otherwise explosion
will be caused.

NOTICE
• Fuel quality should be controlled strictly, otherwise the water and impurities in the fuel system
will cause serious damage to engine pump and nozzle.

-02oil meeting national and local emission -standard

Regular diesel 02 is recommended. -02
2 -11 2-11 2-11
02 oils below are permitted:
The 2diesel 02 02
o
c•kGB ck o2 ck o2
252-2000
• DIN EN 590

5-4 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

• BS 286902(1988): A1 and A2 2 2
11-D 975-88: 1-D and 2-D -0 -0
• ASTM
2 2 - 2 -11 2-11
20NATO 02 02
ck o • Code F-54 andF-75
ck o2 cko2
Refill the tank to avoid running out of oil. Otherwise, the lube filter and injection lines need to
discharge.

Only commercially available diesel fuel can be used. Ensure that the sulfur content is less than
0.5% and no contamination when filling in. Higher sulfur content has negative effect on oil change
intervals.

To avoid blocking caused by paraffin, only winter diesel fuel can be used in temperature below 5
℃ . The mixture of diesel oil and proper additive can also be used.

-02
5.2.3 Lubricant -02 -02
22-11 22 -11 2-11
20 20 02
cko
Lubricant includes engine oil, gear oil, transmission
cko
oil, hydraulic oil, etc.
cko2
The proper viscosity grade is determined not only by the minimum outside temperature when the
machine is started, but also by the maximum outside temperature while the machine is operated.

Parts that are continuously operated should use the oil with higher viscosity in order to maintain
the highest possible oil film thickness.

5.2.4 Grease

Use lithium-based high pressured saponifie grease.

2 2 2
1-0
5.2.5 Coolant
-11
-0
-11
-0
0 2 2-1 02is2adopted. 02 2
2 2 o2
cko cko
Antifreeze of organic acid technology (OAT)
ck
NOTICE
• Do not mix coolant liquid with additives of different types.
• The protective agent for cooling system must be disposed environmentally.

5.2.6 Oil & Fluids Selection

1. General requirements

2 oil and fluids are recommended.

1) SANY special
-0 -02 -02
-11
22 oil and fluids with proper quality grade, -11 -11
2)0Select
2 022 technical specifications and viscosity02as2 per latest
cko o2
ck to this manual.
standard of related authorities according cko
2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-5

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

3) Failing to use2 the oil and fluids according to this manual,

2 machine performance may be affected2
-0 -0 -0
-11may be caused to relevant parts.
and fault
2 22-
11
22-
11
02 20 20
o2 ckofluids of different brands should not beckmixed;
c4)kTo ensure machine performance, oil and o other-
wise, sediments or layers may be caused, which lead to performance degradation or failure,
even fault of machine and parts.

5) Disposal of oil and fluids should comply with local laws and regulations.

6) Viscosity selection
a. Ambient temperature.
Ambient temperature refers to the air temperature surrounding the machine. Do check the local
temperature and possible air temperature before selection.
Generally, viscosity selection is based on the higher temperature in the standard. When the ma-
1 - 02the max. allowable viscosity under ambient1 - 02 temperature could be selected. In 1ex-
- 02
2 -1
chine starts,
2cold 2 2-1 and oil and fluids of higher viscosity.
2 2-1
0 0 0
o 2Viscosity grade. 2 2
treme area, it’s better to use parts heating system
ckb. cko cko
Proper viscosity depends on the min. ambient temperature, which is the temperature for ma-
chine startup and operation.
To determine proper viscosity grade under the min. ambient temperature for startup and opera-
tion, refer to the “Min. Temp.” in the following tables. To determine proper viscosity grade under
the max. ambient temperature for startup and operation, refer to the “Max. Temp.” In the follow-
ing tables. Unless specially specified, the max. Allowable viscosity grade under ambient temper-
ature should be selected for machine startup.
For long-term operation, oil and fluids of higher viscosity should be selected for transmission
and differential, so as to maintain the thickest film.
02 02 02
2 11- used under low temperature.
7) Oil and-fluids
2 - 11- 2 - 11-
02 start-up of the machine, ensure engine
a. 2Before 202 oil, transmission oil, hydraulic oil and 2 flu-
20other
o
ckids are fully flowing. Take out the dipstick, o
ck check that the oil or fluid flows down o
ck the dipstick
easily. Oil or fluid diluted by kerosene is prohibited.
b. If different oil or fluid is replaced under low temperature, the filter element should be replaced
too. Otherwise, the filter element and housing will be solidified. Drain the oil and fluids in hydraul-
ic cylinder and pipelines. After replacement, run the machine to circuit the oil and fluid.
c. Select proper viscosity according to this manual.
d. In case of change of temperature, change proper oil and fluids according to this manual.

-02 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

5-6 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

-02
5.2.7 Requirements of Oil and Fluids -0 2 -0 2
2-11 -11 -11
02 022 022
cko2 Table
2
ckounder Different Ambient Temperature cko
5–1 Engine Oil
2

Ambient temp.
Type, quality grade & tech- Viscosity grade of oil （℃）
Part/System
nical spec. of oil & fluids & fluids Min. Max.
Temp Temp.
SAE 0W-20 -40 10
SAE 0W-30 -40 30
SAE 0W-40 -40 40
Diesel Engine Oil
SAE 5W-30 -30 30
2 • 2 02
1-0 1-0
API CI-4
1 -
2 -1 • GB 11122 2-1 SAE 5W-40 -30
2-1 40
202 202 SAE 10W-30
o2
-20 02 40
cko cko SAE 10W-40 ck
-20 50
SAE 15W-40 -15 50

Engine Note:
crankcase 1. Proper fluid types should be selected according to different environment
temperature.

2. For engine with emission of China Ⅱ or Euro Ⅱ standard for off-road machine,
API CH-4 or lubricant of higher grade should be used.

3. For engine with emission of China Ⅲ or Euro Ⅲ standard for off-road machine,
2 2 2
-1 1-0 1-0 should be use.
API CH-4 or lubricant of higher grade
-11
-0
2 2-1 2
202 2 0 2 2 02API
cko ko ko
4. For engine with emission of Euro Ⅳ standard for off-road machine, CJ-4
c
or lubricant of higher grade should be used.
c
SAE 0W-20 -30 10
Transmission
SAE 0W-30 -30 30
with hydraulic
torque con- SAE 0W-40 -30 40
verter (Ad-
• Diesel Engine Oil
SAE 5W-30 -25 30
vance/ZF • APICI-4
SAE 5W-40 -25 40
transmission • GB 11122
SAE 10W-30 -20 40
for motor
grader) SAE 10W-40 -20 50

02 02
SAE 15W-40 -15 50 2
1 1 - 1 1 - 11 -0
2022- 2022- 2022-
cko cko cko

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-7

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02 2 Temperature (continue) 2
Table 5–1 Engine Oil under Different Ambient
1 - -0 -0
2 - 1 -11 -11
202 022 22
Ambient temp.
o 2 20
ckPart/System cko
Type, quality grade & tech- Viscosity grade of oil ko
（℃）
c
nical spec. of oil & fluids & fluids Min. Max.
Temp Temp.
Note:

1. Proper fluid types should be selected according to different environment

temperature.

2. When ambient temperature is below -30℃ , oil for transmission should be

heated above -30℃ before startup.

-0 2Table 02 Ambient Temperature

5–2 Automotive Gear Oil under Different
- -0 2
2 -11 2-11 22 -11
02 02 0
cko2 ko2 Ambient2temp.
ko
Type, quality gradec& tech- Viscosity grade of c
（℃）
Part/System
nical spec. of oil & fluids oil & fluids Min. Max.
Temp Temp.

SAE 75W-90 -40 30

Rear axle (in-
cludes final re- Heavy-duty Automotive Gear SAE 80W-90 -20 40
duction drive, Oil
tandem, wheel
side bearings,
• API GL-5 SAE 85W-90 -15 40

except GA20
• GB 13895
SAE 85W-140 -10 50
tandem） -02 1-0
2 -02
2 -11 2-1 SAE 90 0 -11
40
202 2 0 2 2 022
cko cko cko
Proper fluid types should be selected according to different environment
Note
temperature.

Table 5–3 Coolant under Different Ambient Temperature

Ambient temp.
Type, quality grade & tech- Viscosity grade of oil （℃）
Part/System
nical spec. of oil & fluids & fluids Min. Max.
Temp Temp.

Cooling
Antifreeze -35 -30 50
system
(Engine1-0
2 • OAT -02 -0 2
-1 • GB 29743 -11 -11
022
radiator) 02 2 -45 -40 02250
cko2 ko2 k o 2
Proper fluid types shouldc be selected according to different environment
c
Note
temperature.

5-8 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

02 2 2
Table 5–4 Transmission Oil under Different Ambient Temperature
1 - -0 -0
2 - 1
22 -11 -11
202 2 0 022temp.
Ambient
2
cko
Type, qualityo grade
ck Viscosity grade of cko（℃）
Part/System & technical spec. of
oil & fluids Min. Max.
oil & fluids
Temp Temp.
SAE 0W-20 -40 10
SAE 0W-30 -40 20
Power shift transmis- SAE 5W-30 -30 20
sion (Two-gear/ eight- Transmission Oil CAT- SAE 10W -20 10
gear transmission for ERPILLAR TO-4 SAE 20 -15 20
motor grader)
SAE 30 0 35
-02 -02 - 02
-11 -11 1
SAE 40 5 45
2 2 2 -1
02 02 SAE 50 10 02 50
cko2 ck Oilo2 ATF ck
-30
o2 40
Transmission
DEXRON Ⅲ SAE 0W-20 -30 20
Power shift transmis- SAE 10W -20 10
sion (DANA transmis- SAE 20 -15 20
sion for motor grader) Transmission Oil CAT-
SAE 30 0 35
ERPILLAR TO-4
SAE 40 5 45
SAE 50 10 50
Tandem with wet mul- Transmission Oil SAE 0W-30 -40 20
ti- discbrake • API GL-4 SAE 5W-30 -30 20
(GA20 - 2
0Tandem for • CATERPILLAR TO- 1 -02 - 02
- 1 1 -1
SAE 20W-40 -15
-1 140
2 motor grader) 2 2
202 202 02
4 SAE 50 10 50
cko ko should be selected according to different
Proper fluidctypes
o2
ck environ-
ment temperature.
1. Two-gear/ eight-gear transmission for motor grader: Transmission
Note Oil TO-4 SAE 30.
2. DANA transmission for motor grader: Transmission Oil ATF (DEX-
RONⅢ ).
3. GA20 Tandem for motor grader: Transmission Oil SAE 20W-40.

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-9

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02
Table 5–5 Hydraulic Oil under Different2Ambient Temperature 2
1 - -0 -0
2- 1 2 -11 -11
202 02 022
Ambient temp.
cko ck o2
Type, quality grade & technical Viscosity grade of cko2
（℃）
Part/System
spec. of oil & fluids oil & fluids Min. Max.
Temp Temp.
Normal Temperature Hydraulic
Oil HM / L-HM Anti-wear Hydraul-
32 -20 5
ic Oil
• AFNOR NF E 48-603HM
• ISO 11158 L-HM
• CINCINNATI P68、P69、P70 46 -20 10

0 2• EATON-VICKERS M-2950 S、
-02 -02
2- 11- I-286 S -11 -11
202 20 22 02 2
cko
• PARKER-DENISON HF-0、
cko cko2
HF-1、HF-2 68 -15 50
• Q/SH303 0550
• GB 11118.1
Hydraulic Wide-temperature Hydraulic Oil
system HV / L-HV Low-temperature Hy- 32 -30 10
draulic Oil
• AFNOR NF E-48-603 HV
• ISO 67434/4 HV
46 -30 15
• DIN 51524 P3 HVLP

- 0 2• CINCINNATI P68、P69、P70
-0 2 -02
1 • EATON (VICKERS) M-2950S、-11 -11
02 2-1 022 02250
cko2 I-286 S
cko
2 68 -25
cko 2
• Q/SH303 0661
• GB 11118.1
Aircraft hydraulic oil
• SH 0358 10# -40 5
• Q/SH PRD0476
Proper fluid types should be selected according to different environment
Note
temperature.

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

5-10 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

02 2 Ambient Temperature 2
Table 5–6 Grease under Different
1 - -0 -0
2- 1 2-11 -11
202 02 022 temp.
Ambient
cko Type, quality grade o2
ck& technical
Speed
NLGI
2
cko （℃）
Part/System with
spec. of oil & fluids grade Min. Max.
load
Temp Temp.
EP Lithium-based Lubricating
High 1 -30 40
Grease
• ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB 1
High 2 -25 50
• DIN 51502: KP1K-30
EP Lithium-based Lubricating
Grease lubri- Grease Mid 2 -20 40
cated parts • ISO 6743-9: L-XBCEB 2
2 2 02
-1 1-0 • DIN 51502: KP2K-25
-11
-0 Low 2 -25 1 -
-1 40
2 2 2
202 • GB/T 7323
202 o2
02
cko k o
Tank Lithium-based cLubricating ck
Grease / 2 -50 50
• GJB 4364
Proper fluid types should be selected according to different environment
Note
temperature.

Table 5–7 Diesel Oil under Different Ambient Temperature

Grade of oil (as Ambient temp.（℃）

Type, quality grade & tech-
Part/System per condensation
nical spec. of oil & fluids Min. Temp Max. Temp.
2 2 point) 2
-1 1-0 -1 1-0 1-0
-150
2 2 Diesel Oil 5# 8 2
202 202 o2
02
cko Fuel system cko Diesel Oil 0# 4
ck 50
Regular diesel oil Diesel Oil -10# -5 50
(Diesel
GB 252 Diesel Oil -20# -14 50
engine)
Diesel Oil -35# -29 50
Diesel Oil -50# -44 50

1. Proper fluid types should be selected according to different environment

temperature.
Note
2. Regular diesel oil meeting national and local emission standard is

02 2 2
recommended.
1 - -0 -0
2- 1 2-11 2-11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-11

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 Intervals
5.2.8 Lubrication -02 -02
22 -11 22 -11 22 -11
o 20 the grader's usage, maintenance and
During o
0
2lubrication must be performed to ensureo
0 normal
2its
k
cusage. c k c k

See the maintenance diagram for lubrication intervals of parts.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 5-1

NOTE：
The time above in the diagram is the working time of the grader.

If the grader is to be stored for a long time (more than 30 days), it is necessary to perform an over-
all maintenance ahead. Before restarting the grader, check it carefully and maintain it according to
its conditions.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

5-12 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

-02 Capacities
5.2.9 Filling -02 -02
2 -11 -11 -11
02 022 02 2
cko2 2
cko 5–8 Filling Capacities
Table
ck o2
Parts/System Type/Spec. Volume
Engine Diesel engine oil CI-4 15W-40 33 L
Transmission Diesel engine oil CI-4 15W-40 28 L
Final reduction drive of rear axle 28 L
Tandem drive box of rear axle 28 L (single side)
Heavy-duty Automotive Gear
Wheel side bearings of rear axle 1 L (single one)
Oil GL-5 80W-90
Circle drive (with overload
6.5 L
2 protection) 2 2
-1 1-0 1-0
1 oil HM 68 -11
-0
202
2 Hydraulic system 22-
Hydraulic
0
140 L22
20
cko Water tank ck o2 Antifreeze OAT -45 c k o
28 L
Fuel tank Diesel oil 0# /
1. Above fluids are used for standard configuration;
2. Proper fluid types should be selected according to differ-
ent environment temperature.
Note
3. Observe all sight gauges and all level indicators in order to
ensure that the systems and/or compartments are refilled to
the proper levels.

5.3 Maintenance
2 2 2
-0 -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
022 Introduction
5.3.1 02 2 02 2
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
The grader maintenance contains routine maintenance and regular maintenance.

The intervals regulated in regular maintenance are the same with those specified in the Engine
User’s Guide.

The time for regular maintenance is calculated from the engine start.

5.3.2 Routine Maintenance

(1) Clean the grader.

• Remove the mud, sands and gravels on the moldboard, guide bar and cutting edge.
• Remove 1 - 02the sands and mud on the circle. 1 - 02 1 - 02
1 2-1 2-1
22-
•20Remove the sands on the tires. 2 0 2 2 0 2
cko • Remove the sands and mud on thecfront ko axle frame, tilting joint and steering knuckle.
cko
• Remove the sands and mud on the covering parts

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-13

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

• 0 2
Clean the1-sands -02 -02
-11 -11
and mud on the tandem
-1
2 (1). 2 2
02case
drive 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 5-2

1. Tandem drive case

-02 -02 -02
-11air filter.
• Clean22the 2 -11 2 -11
20 02 02
c k
(2) oCheck the parts for tightness. ck o2 ck o2
Especially check the connection bolts for looseness and breakage. Tighten or replace the loose or
broken bolts.

(3) Check for oil leakage.

• Check pumps, motors, multi-way valves, valve bodies, hoses, flanges and other connections for
leakage.
• Check the engine oil and lubricant for leakage.
• Check the A/C lines for leakage.

-2 circuit.
(4) Check electric
0 - 02 - 02
1 1 1
0 2 2-1 check the harness connectors for 0water
• Frequently
2 2-1 and oil. Keep them clean. 0 2 2-1
o 2 the connectors and nuts at clamps,
• Check
cklooseness. ko
2 sensors, horn and brake pressureo 2switch for
ck
• Check the harness for short circuit, open circuit and damage. Keep the harness in good
condition.
• Check the wiring in electric control cabinet for looseness.

(5) Check oil and water level.

• Check the level of lubricant, fuel and hydraulic oil. Fill new fuel/oil up to the specified mark.
• Check the water level in combined radiator, and fill water to the required volume.

5.3.3 Regular Technical Maintenance Intervals

-0 2 -02 -02
Before2the -11 2 -11
2 next maintenance interval, finish all02maintenance 22
items for the current maintenance -11
2 0 2 2 0
ko
interval.
c ko c ko c

5-14 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

-02 02 -02
2-11 11-
Table 5–9 Regular Technical
2 - Maintenance
2 -11
202 202 o2
02
cko Working Time cko Maintenance Items ck
• Check the status of air filter alarm switch. Clean off the dust when the indi-
cator becomes red or the alarm light comes on;
Everyday or
every 10 working
• Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil tank;
hours • Check the engine coolant level and the tension of the compressor belt;
• Check the oil level in the transmission, rear axle, tandem drive case, wheel
side and circle drive.

• Fill grease at all grease cups, except for rear axle and rotary bearing of
Every 50 work- rear axle;
ing hours
1 - 02or one • -02the nut for the generator terminals;
Tighten the engine starter and -02
2-1
week • -11
2 of main joints; 2 -11
02 Check and tighten the2nut
0 02
cko2 • o 2
ck for everyday or every 10 working hours.ck
Repeat the steps o 2

• Replace the oil and filter for the transmission.

• Replace the engine oil and the engine oil filter, the diesel filter and fuel-
water separator.
Every 100 work-
ing hours • Replace the oil for final reduction drive, tandem boxes and wheel sides of
rear axle;
• Replace the oil for circle drive;
• Repeat the steps in 50 working hours

• Replace the engine oil and the engine oil filter, the diesel filter and fuel-
-02 water separator. -0 2 -02
-11 -11 -11
2 022 250 work- •
Every Fill lubricating grease 2at2 rear axle.
0 02 2
cko ing hours or 3 • ck o2
Fill lubricating grease ck
at work implement and rotary bearing.o2
months • Check the guide rail wear-resisting plate of blade, and replace it according
to its condition.
• Repeat the steps in 50 working hours.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-15

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02 2 2
Table 5–9 Regular Technical Maintenance (continue)
1 - -0 -0
22- Time
1 2 -11 2 -11
02 02
Working Maintenance Items
0
ck o2 • Clean the radiator; ck
o2 ck o2
Every 500 work- • Clean the A/C condenser;
ing hours • Check the engine oil level of compressor;
• Repeat the steps in 250 working hours.

• Replace air filter element. (Replacement period can be adjusted according

to its status.)
• Replace the hydraulic oil. Fill the qualified hydraulic oil to the required oil
level;
• Replace the filter element of the hydraulic system;
-02 • -02
Replace the oil for the circle drive; -0 2
2-11 -11
22the transmission; -11
02 • Replace the oil and filter for
0 022
o2
ckEvery 1000 • 2
Replace the oil for final
2
cko reduction drive, tandem boxes and wheel
cko sides of
rear axle;
working hours
and before the
• Replace the engine coolant;
cold season • Check and tighten the lock nut of wheel axle;
• Check the clearance of the parking brake;
• Check the battery and maintain it;
• Check the tension of the chain of sprocket case;
• Check the refrigerant flow through the mirror. If there are visible bubbles in
the fluid flow, it indicates that the refrigerant is insufficient. Fill qualified
refrigerant.
2 2 2
-1 1-0 • 1-0 of A/C evaporator;
Clean the core and inlet filter screen
-1 -11
-0
2 022 hours. 2
202 • Repeat the steps in 500 working
o2 o2
02
cko ck ck
5.3.4 Maintenance for Long-time Stored Grader

If the grader is to be stored for 3 months or even longer, maintain it in accordance with the follow-
ing instructions:
• Mark the grader which need to be stored during the winter.
• Perform the maintenance for long- time storage and rust-proof treatment in accordance with the
Engine User’s Guide.
• Clean the inner and outer surfaces of the grader. Park it in the garage if available or at a well-
ventilated place in the open air and cover it with canvas.
2
-0 front and rear frames together with steering 2 2
• Block up - 1 1the - 1 1-0 links. - 1 1-0
• Fill20all22grease points with new lubricants or grease.
2 022 2 022
o off the battery and check the electrolyte
c•kTake cko level. Charge the battery once per month.
cko
• Seal the air filter, dust port and exhaust pipe outlet with plastic or paper tape to keep the engine
free of moist air.
5-16 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021
 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

• Fill up the 02 fuel tank to avoid condensation and rust. 02 02

1 -
1 hydraulic oil tank up to the mark “Max”. 1 - 1 -
• Fill2-the
0 2 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1
•2 Empty the water tank or add enough antifreezing
o2 2
cko • If the stored temperature below 0℃,ckempty ko
agent.
c
the water tank and water pump to avoid freezing and
water pump damage.

5.3.5 Maintenance for the Engine

Engine oil-check/refill/change

The steps for checking and refilling engine oil

have been described. See:“Check before
Starting” on page 4-3.
2 2 2
1-0 steps show how to change the -11-0
The following
- 1 -11
-0
022 oil.
engine 022 02 2
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
1. Park the engine or machine on flat and solid
ground. Fig 5-3

CAUTION
The engine oil is hot. Avoid the engine oil
contacting your skin. Or it may lead to scald.

NOTICE
Never start
1 - 02 the engine when draining the en- 1-02 -02
1 Otherwise it will cause damage to2-1
gine2-oil.
2 2 -11
0 02 02
cko 2the engine. cko2 ck o2

2. Place an oil container under the engine.

3. Remove oil drain plug.

4. Drain the oil.

5. Replace the old washer with a new one and

then screw up the oil drain plug.

6. Refill new engine oil(See “Requirements of

02
-
Oil and11Fluids” -02 -02
2- on page 5-7).
2 -11 2 -11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko 7. Check the oil level. ck ck
8. Start the engine to check for oil leakage.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-17

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

0
Change the1-engine
2 -02 -02
-11 -11
oil filter element
2 -1 2 2
202 202 o2
02
cko ck o ck
1. Thoroughly clean the outside of the filter
element.

2. Use a proper tool (belt spanner) to clamp

the filter element.

3. Remove the filter element.

CAUTION
The temperature of the engine oil is high.

1 - 02 oil contacting your skin. Or

Avoid the engine
-02 -02
-1 to severe scald.
it may lead
2 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2
NOTICE Fig 5-4
Never start the engine when the engine oil
filter element is removed. Otherwise engine
oil will flow from the pipeline and cause the
engine lack of lubricating.

4. Collect the oil with a container.

5. Clean the sealing on the filter carrier from

-0 2 -02 -02
-11 -11 -11
any dirt.

2 022 202
2 022
o
c6.kSlightly apply some oil on the
ck o
rubber seal
ck o2
on the new filter element .

7. Screw up the new filter element by hand un-

til the seal contacts the washer.

8. Tighten the filter element properly. Tighten

the bolt.

9. Check the filter element for leaks.

2 2 2
1-0
Fuel-check/refill/change
-11
-0
-11
-0
0 2 2-1 22 described. See: “Check the Fuel20Level”
0been 22 on
The 2steps for checking and refilling fuel have
2
ko 4-12.
cpage cko cko

5-18 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

-02 - 02 -02
-11 2-1
WARNING1 -11
2 022 2 0 2 2 022
cko c o cko
Fire hazard! When working on the fuelksystem do not use open fire, do not smoke and do not spill
any fuel. There is a possibility of catching fire.

NOTICE
The engine must be shut down before changing the fuel! Or insufficient fuel will cause the engine
to work inefficiently or even shut down. This will shorten the service life of the engine.

The following steps show how to change the fuel.

1. Blow the outside of tank with compressed

-02 the dust.
air to remove -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 NOTICE
ck o2 cko2
The purity of the fuel should be guaranteed.
Otherwise the impurity such as dust will
make the oil water separator to invalidate
more easily and bring big resistance of fuel
suction.

-02 2 5-5
Fig
-0 -02
2 -11
2.02Place a container under the drain port02of2
-11 2 -11
2 2 02
cko the fuel tank. Unscrew the oil drain plug
ckoat the cko2
bottom of tank to drain the dirty oil.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
Fig 5-6

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-19

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02 plate of the tank. Blow out

3. Open the-cover
1 1 - 02 -0 2
the oil 2 2-1grain materials left in the fuel tank, 022-1 2-11
2 0 and
2 02
ko
cespecially the blind corner, with compressed
cko ck o2
air.

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 -11
2 Fig 2-11
02 02 5-7
02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
4. Refill an appropriate amount of clean diesel oil (or kerosene) into the fuel tank. Use a new brush
to clean the tank up and down. When the oil gets dirty, change it with new oil and continue
cleaning till no dirt and sediment are found on the wall and bottom of tank.

5. Screw the oil drain plug tightly back in. And Install the cover plate.

6. Refill the tank with appointed fuel (See

“Requirements of Oil and Fluids” on page 5-7)
through the filter.

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 5-8

7. Before starting the engine, operate the manual oil pump on oil-water separator to discharge the
02 pipeline.
air in the fuel
1- 02 1- 021-
-1 -1 -1
2022 2022 2022
cko cko cko

5-20 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

2 2 2
1-0separator-Check/exhaust
Oil water
-11
-0
-11
-0
0 2 2-1 022 02 2
2 2 2 1
o2
cko been introduced. See:“Check before cStarting”
ko
The check method for oil water separator has
ck
on page 4-3.

WARNING
Never use open fire or smoke when operat-
ing the oil water separator. There is a possi-
bility of catching fire.

Take the following steps to exhaust.

0 2 -02 -02
11- the screw (1) on the filter.
1. Unscrew
2 - -11 -11
202 2 022 02 2
cko 2. Operate the manual pump (2) untilckthe
o fuel Fig 5-9 cko2
runs out from the screw (1) without any
bubble. 1. Screw 2. Manual pump

3. Tighten the screw (1).

Oil water separator-Replace

WARNING
Fire hazard! When working on the fuel system do not use open fire, do not smoke and do not spill
2 is a possibility of catching fire.
any fuel. There
-0 2 -0 2 -0
11 11 11
2022- 22-
20 2022-
cko k o
c NOTICE cko
The engine must be shut down before changing the oil water separator! Or insufficient fuel will be
sucked into the engine, and it will cause the engine to work inefficiently or even shut down. This
will shorten the service life of the engine.

Take the following steps to change the oil water separator.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-21

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

1. Disassemble
1 - 02 the filter with a special -0 2 -02
22-
1 2 -11 2 -11
spanner.
0 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 5-10 ck o2

2. Clean the sealing on the filter carrier from any dirty.

3. Unscrew the water separator from the filter

element.

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 5-11

-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

5-22 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

4. Apply-0a2thin coat of oil to the rubber seal of - 02 -0 2

1 1 -11
2-1 separator (1).
the2water
0 022-
1
02 2
cko2 cko2 ck o2
1 2 3

Oil +1/ 2

Fuel
4 5 6
Oil

+1/ 2

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 Fig 5-12 ck o2

5. Screw the water separator on by hand (2), until the seal contacts.

6. Tighten the water separator for another half turn (3).

7. Fill the filter element with clean fuel (4).

8. Apply some oil to the rubber seal of the filter element (5) and screw it on by hand, until the seal
contacts.

9. Tighten the filter element for another half turn (6).

1 - 02 1 - 02 1 - 02
10. 2
2 -1
Release
2
1 pipeline by pressing the manual pump
the air that possibly mixed in the2-fuel
2 2-1 up and
0
2 down before starting the engine. o 2 0 2 0
cko ck cko
11. Check the filter element for leaks after a short-time test run.

Fuel filter-Replace

WARNING
Fire hazard! When working on the fuel system do not use open fire, do not smoke and do not spill
any fuel. There is a possibility of catching fire.

02 NOTICE 02 02
1 1 - 1 - 1 -
The2-engine
0 2
must be shut down before changing
0 2 2-1 the duplex fuel filter! Or insufficient
0 2 2-1 will be
fuel
2sucked into the engine, and it will causeo 2the engine to work inefficiently or even oshut
2 down. This
cko will shorten the service life of the engine.
ck ck

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-23

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 steps to change the fuel filter:

Take the following -0 2 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
202
1. Disassemble
o the filter (1) with a special202
o2
02
k
cspanner. cko ck

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 -11
2 Fig 2 -11
02 02 02
5-13

cko2 ck o2 ck o2
1. Fuel filter

2. Slightly oil the rubber seal on the new filter.

3. Screw up the new filter element by hand until the seal contacts.

4. Tighten the filter element for another half turn.

5. Release the air that possibly mixed in the fuel pipeline by pressing the manual pump up and
down before starting the engine.

6. Check the filter element for leaks after a short test run.

1- 02 -0 2 -02
Clean the-1radiator
2 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 o2
ckWARNING ck o2
Perform cleaning work only after the engine has cooled down and with the engine stopped. Oth-
erwise people could easily be burned by the radiator.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

5-24 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

2
0 radiator core daily and clean ra- -02 -02
• 1-the
Check
-11 -11
0 2 2-1 core regularly. It is recommended02to2
diator 022
2 2 o2
cko perform cleaning every 1000 working ckohours. ck
When lots of sundries exist in the working
site, shorten the cleaning interval by half.
• When the radiator cores are blocked, if the
air from the air outlet of the radiator is rela-
tively even (at rated speed) but the foreign
substances are loosely adhered on the radi-
ator, clean the foreign substances on the
surface at first, and then repeatedly flush
the air inlet and air outlet of the radiator by
02 -02 -02
11-
compressed air till all dust, weeds, insects
2- other foreign substances are blown0off -11 -11
2 0 2 2 22 022
o2
and
cko and the air from the air outlet is even.
cko After ck
that, the radiator may work normally. When
the radiator cores are blocked, if the air
from the air outlet of the radiator is mild (at Fig 5-14

rated speed) but the freight substances are

tight adhered on the radiator, remove the
coolant radiator, hydraulic oil radiator, inter-
cooler, and clean them alone.
• If the foreign substances are tightly adhered

- 02
on the radiator, or you can’t feel any air
- 02 -02
1 1 -11
0 2 2-1 you put your hand on the air outlet02of2-1
when
022
2 the radiator (the engine is running atorated
2 o2
cko rotation speed), clean the radiatorckassem- ck
bly, hydraulic oil radiator and engine coolant
radiator separately, and then reassemble
them.
• When cleaning the radiator core (fins) the
pressure of the compressed air should be
not more than 0.2 MPa, the distance be-
tween the air outlet face and the radiator
core should be not less than 50 mm, the
02of the high-pressure water should
pressure 0 2 -02
11- more than 0.27 MPa, and the dis-2-11-
be2-not 2 -11
2
20tance 02
2out- 02
o o
between the high-pressure water
ck let face and the radiator core should
ckbe not cko2

less than 100 mm.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-25

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 NOTICE -0 2 -02

-11 -11 -11
When
2 022 cleaning the radiator core with com- 2022 022
ckopressed air and high-pressure water, keepcko ck o2
the air/water outlet vertically instead of
moving it horizontally. Otherwise, the radi-
ator fins will be blown down and the radia-
tion performance will be affected.

• During the cleaning process, do not spray

water directly to the generator, cables and
electrical parts. After cleaning, start the en-
gine after the moisture is evaporated.

- 02 -0 2 -02
-11 coolant
Change the
2 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 o2
ckNOTICE ck o2
Check the coolant to prevent the engine from being damaged by corrosion, cavitations or
freezing.

Take the following steps to change the coolant:

1. After the coolant temperature is below 50 °

C, unscrew the filler cover of the coolant
radiator.

1 - 02 CAUTION 1 - 02 -02
1 coolant only after the engine 2-1
Change2-the
2 2 -11
o
cools0
2 down. Otherwise people could easily
o 202 o2
02
ck ck
be burned by the hot coolant spilling from ck
radiator.

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2
Fig 5-15

5-26 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

2. Unscrew
1 - 02 the drain switch(at the bottom of 1-02 -02
-1
the22radiator) 2 2-1 2-11
2 0 to drain the coolant. Collect the
2 0 02
cko coolant flowing out. ko
c cko2

Fig 5-16
1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
2-
2
1
2 2- 1 2-11
20Screw 20coolant 02
cko
3. up the drain switch as soon as the
cko
is drained off.
cko2
4. Refill appointed coolant(See:“Requirements of Oil and Fluids” on page 5-7) until the coolant lev-
el reaches the MAX mark. After that, screw up the filler cover.

5. Start the engine to warm up.

6. Wait until the engine cools down, then check the coolant level. Add coolant if the level is below
the appointed mark. (See:“Check before Starting” on page 4-3).

Change the air filter

NOTICE
1 - 02 work can be done only after the engine
1 - 02 is shut down. Never start the engine 1 - 2
0after
2 -1
Maintenance
2air 2 2-1drawn into the engine. And this will badly
2 2-1shorten
2 0
the filter is removed. Otherwise dust 2 0
will be 2 0
cko the service life of the engine. cko cko

When the engine is in operation, if the air filter warning lamp on the dashboard flashes, you should
maintain the air filter . Take the following steps to maintain the air filter.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-27

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

1. Unlock the
1 - 02right engine hood door and -02 -02
open it.22-
1 2 -11 2 -11
0 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 5-17
-02 -02 -02
-11 -11 -11
022
the two claps at the left side. And 22 2
02
2. Release
2 20 o2
ko the end cover of the air filter.
remove
c c ko ck

Fig 5-18

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

5-28 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

3. Remove
1 - 02 the pre-filter, pull the four yellow 1-02 -02
1
22-and remove the yellow claps. 22-
1 2 -11
claps
0 0 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 5-19

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 5-20

4. Clean the end cover and the dust valve.

5. Recover the pre-filter.

1 - 02 -02 -02
2-1
6. Loosen the
main filter element carefully.2-11 2 -11
2 0 2 202 02
cko Check the used main filter element. ck o cko2
It's advised to change the main filter element
if it has been cleaned for three times. Mean-
while the safety filter element should be
changed as well. If the main filter element is
damaged, the main filter element and safety
element must be replaced regardless the
cleaning times is three or not.

NOTICE Fig 5-21

- 0
It's forbidden 2 to clean the main filter element
- 02 -02
-1 1
by 2knocking, otherwise the main filter ele-2-1 1 -11
0 2 02 022
cko 2ment could be damaged. ck o2 cko2

7. Clean the interior surface and outlet pipe with clean wet cloth.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-29

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02end cover. Make sure that the claps are-0firmly

8. Reinstall the 2 installed. -0 2
22 -11 22 -11 22 -11
0 0 0
o2
PROMPT：
ck o 2 service to maintain the air filter. Any damage
It's advised to send for the SANY
k
c maintenance to the air cleaner will assume
c o 2 to thek
engine due to customer’s improper by the
customer.

Check engine base mounts

• Tighten the fastening screws on the intake and exhaust pipes on the cylinder head.
• Check the connection and clamps between air filter, exhaust turbocharger and intake pipe, and
the lubricant pipeline for looseness and leakage.
• Tighten the fastening screws on the engine oil pan and engine base.

Engine storing
02 02 02
If the engine
2 - 11-will not be used for a long time, we 2recommend
- 11- 2 -
-
storing the engine according to11the
202 procedures to prevent corrosion. 202
following
o 202
c•kClean ko with cold detergent and water gun,
the engine including the cooling csystem
o best of all,
ckor
steam.
• Run the engine until the moisture on the surface is evaporated.
• Drain the warm engine oil and fill anti- corrosion oil.
• Drain the coolant and fill antifreeze and coolant.
• Drain the fuel in the fuel tank, mix it with anti-corrosion oil at a ratio of 10:1 and then fill the mixed
fuel into the tank again.
• Run the engine for 10 min till the anti- corrosion mixed diesel enters all pipelines, filters, pumps
and nozzles and the new engine oil is distributed to all parts.
• 2 crankshaft (the engine not started) for2several times to make the anti-corrosion2
Turn the engine
-0 -0 -0
-11 injected into the combustion chamber.-11
mixed fuel
2 2 22-
11
02 belts, spray anti-rust oil into the belt20pulley
2 0
o2
• Remove o
ckcooling fan and A/C compressor. Clear caway
oil groove and loosen the belts of2alternator,
o
k all anti-rust oil before restarting the engine.
ck
• Seal the air filter inlet and engine exhaust port. Reopen the inlet and exhaust port before re-
starting the engine.

5.3.6 Maintenance for the Hydraulic System

Hydraulic oil - check/refill/change

The steps for checking and refilling the hydraulic oil have been described. See:“Check before
Starting” on page 4-3 .
2 02 2
1-0to the following items when changing the1-hydraulic
Pay attention
-1 -1
oil.
-11
-0
2 2 2
202 202 o2
02
cko cko ck

5-30 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

-02 -0 2 -02
-11 -11
NOTICE -11
2 022 the hydraulic oil under the working
Change 2 022temperature. Otherwise some impurity 2
2
02may not be
cko drained out with the hydraulic oil. Andckthey
o c k o
will cause great damage to the hydraulic element.

NOTICE
Except for the regular hydraulic oil change, replacement should be made as well after overhaul.
Otherwise the hydraulic elements will be worn more easily.

CAUTION
Protect yourself from the hot hydraulic oil. Since its temperature is very high, and it will badly burn
1 - 0if2it spills onto your skin. 1 - 02 1 - 02
21
your skin
- 1
2 - 21-
202 202 202
cko Changing procedures: cko cko
1. Start the engine till the hydraulic oil warms up. Than stop the engine.

2. Gently remove the filler cap (2) of the hy-

draulic oil tank.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Fig 5-22

1. Level indicator 3. Oil drain plug

2. Filler cap

2
3. Place -a0container - 02 the oil drain plug (3) at the bottom
under the hydraulic oil tank. Remove - 02the
of
1 1 1
2-1tank. Drain the oil.
2oil 22-
1
22-
1
20 20 20
cko cko cko

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-31

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-0 2 -0 2 -02
22 -11 -11
NOTICE
22 22 -11
20 start the engine when draining the ohydraulic
Never
o 20 oil. Otherwise it will cause damage
o 20 to the
k
cwhole hydraulic system. c k c k

4. Replace the filter screen on the filler tube of the oil tank. Wash the filter screen with clean non-
flammable solvent and dry it in the air.

5. Clean and fit the drain plum .

6. Fit the oil filling plug and filter scree.

7. Fill appointed oil (See “Requirements of Oil and Fluids” on page 5-7) up to 3/4 of the level gauge
into the hydraulic oil tank.
1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
2 2 1 gaskets at the filler cap. Replace the
8. Check -the
2 -1
2damaged filler cap.
2 -11
2 0 2 0 02
c9.koInstall the filler cap of the hydraulic oil tank.
cko ck o2
10. Start the engine and run the engine for 5 min.

11. The oil level should be between the middle and upper marks on the gauge. If necessary, fill hy-
draulic oil through the filler port.

NOTE：
There should be no bubbles in the oil. The bubble in the oil indicates that there is air in the hydraul-
ic system. In this case, check the suction hose and hose hoop.

12. Shut down the engine.

02 02 -02
2 11- tighten the loose hose hoop and connector.
13. If necessary,
- 11- Replace the damaged hose.
2- 2 -11
202 202 o2
02
ko Maintaining the A/C
c5.3.7 cko ck
Instructions for using the A/C

NOTICE
Daily cleaning should be done to keep the cooling capacity of the A/C in dusty conditions. Other-
wise it will affect the performance of the A/C.

NOTICE
Never use hot02water for cleaning, which can lead to overpressure
02 and damage the system. 2
- - -0
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

5-32 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

In order -to02keep good performance, reliability 02 2

-1 1 1 - 1-0
2 2prolong 2 2-1 VENT COOL-1
2
202
and the service life of the A/C, pay at- HEAT
2 0 2 0
cko tention to the following items when using cko the cko

II
O 3

I
2
A/C. A/C 1
OFF OFF
• Maintain the A/C according to the produc-
er's instructions. Fig 5-23
• Before switching on the A/C, first you have
to start the engine. Wait a few minutes for
the engine to work smoothly, then you can
start the A/C and choose the proper air
speed and temperature. (When the temper-
ature control switch to "COOL" position, the
-02 control should be switch to "3"
air volume -02 -02
2 -11 to avoid the evaporator to frost. )022 -11 2-11
02 position 02
o2
ck • ck doors
Close the vents, the window and the o2 cko2
when using the A/C. Save the energy.
• When exchanging the air without open the
window or doors, you can just switch on the
air volume control with the hot water valve
closed.
• When cooling, the hot water valve should
be closed.
• When the engine is shut down, the A/ C
should not be used for a long time. Because
2 2 2
1-0 may be used up and will cause
the batteries
-11
-0
-11
-0
0 2 2-1 in the next engine startup.
difficulty 02 2 02 2
2 o2 o2
cko • ck not be
During the seasons that the A/C may ck
used, the A/C should be switched on every
half a month and run for 5-10 minutes.

Maintaining intervals for the A/C

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-33

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02
1. Compressor -0 2 -02
• -11
22 and maintain it once every two years 2 -11 2 -11
Check
0 02 02
o2
ckgenerally. Mainly check the inlet/outlet pres-
ck o2 ck o2
sure and the fasteners for looseness and
air leak.
• Disassemble the compressor to check the
inlet/outlet valve for damage and distortion.
If any, repair or replace the relevant valve.
• Replace the seal ring and shaft seal if the
compressor is disassembled and repaired.
Otherwise, it may cause leak at the com-
pressor seal. Fig 5-24
-02 -0 2 -02
22 -11 2 -11 2 -11
2. Condenser
0 02 02
k
cTheo2 k o2 ck o2
condenser is installed behind c the
radiator.
• Check and maintain them once a year gen-
erally. Clean the condenser plate with com-
pressed air and cold water; rectify and
repair the radiator gill by a pair of flat nosed
pliers; carefully check the condenser sur-
face for abnormity; check for refrigerant
leak with a leak detector.
• 2
Recoat the antirust paint in case of peeling-
02 2
1-0 -0
Fig 5-25
-
1
off to -prevent leak due to rusting and -11 -11
2 022 02 2 022
cko
perforation.
ck o2 ck o2
3. Evaporator
• Generally, check it for leak with a leak de-
tector once a year.
• Open it to clean the inner and the air duct
once every 2~3 years.

Fig 5-26
-02 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

5-34 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

2
4. Liquid-0storage drier -02 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
202
Refrigerant level checking procedures:
o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck
1) Start the engine.

2) Switch on the A/C for refrigeration. Turn on

the air flow switch to check if the air is cold.

3) Check the inspection window of the drier/

collector to see if the refrigerant is enough
or not. If less bubble appears, the content
of refrigerant is proper. While if there are

02
many bubbles flow inside, the refrigerant is
-02 -02
2 - 11-
insufficient. 2-11 2 -11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck Fig 5-27 ck

NOTICE
Before yearly operation season, ask the
service department to replace the drier/ col-
lector. Otherwise it will affect the perform-
ance of the A/C.

2
WARNING
1-0 -02 -02
In case
2 2 -1 of corrosion or mechanical damage,22-11 2 -11
0
2replace 20 02
k o the drier/collector to avoid explosion
c and further damage. c k o cko2

Fig 5-28

5. Refrigeration pipeline
• Pipe connectors: Check them once every year, and check its sealing with a leak detector.
• Pipes: Check them for collision with other parts; check the rubber hoses for aging and crack.
Replace the rubber hoses every 3~5 years.
-02 -02 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-35

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 02 -02
2-11 11- for the A/C
Table 5–10 Checking intervals
2- 2 -11
202 202 o2
02
cko Item cko
Maintenance k
cInterval
Check the locking nuts for looseness; check the rubber ho-
Pipeline ses and connectors for refrigerant leak and oil stain; check
Once/month
connector the rubber hoses and pipes for crack, aging, embroilment,
damage by compression, and collapsing.
Check the fin for distortion and make it in order if any; check
Condenser Once/month
the element for blockage and clean it if any.
Clean the air-in/out ducts; check the bottom drain pipe for
Evaporator Once/year
blockage and smoothen it if necessary.
Check the pressure switch connector for looseness. Once/quarter
Liquid 02 2
0has 2
1 - 1 - 1 -0
2 -1 Replace the liquid storage after the
2 -1
A/C been used for - 1
022
storage Every 1000 h
20 2 some time. 20 2 2
cko o
ck from the inspection window
Check the refrigerant volume cko
Refrigerant
when the A/C runs. There shall be few or no air bubble; oth- Once/month
volume
erwise, add refrigerant.
Check the fastening bolts for looseness. Once/month
Check the fitting surface and the rotary shaft seal of main
Once/month
shaft for refrigerant leak and oil stain.
Check the compressor belt for wear and replace it if
Compressor Once/month
necessary.
Check the belt for tension and tension it if necessary. Once/month

1 - 02 Start and run the A/C for a few minutes 1 - 0in2 the seasons when - 02
2 2-1 2 2-1 -11
Once/month
2
02
the A/C is unused.
2 0 2 0
cko cko ck o2
V-belt for compressor - check/ tension/replace

WARNING
Work on the V-belt must only be performed with the engine shut down. Otherwise people will be
badly hurt by the belts.

Check the V-belt

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

5-36 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

1. Inspect
1 - 02the entire circumference of the V- 1-02 -02
-1
belt22visually 2 2-1 2-11
2 0 for damage and cracks. Replace
2 0 02
cko damaged or cracked V-belts. cko cko2

Fig 5-29

1 - 02 1 - 02 1 - 02
2-1 with thumb pressure whether the02V-belt
2. Check
0 2 2-1 can be depressed between 10 to015
2
1 (0.4–
2-mm
2 0.6 inches), retighten if necessary. o 2 2
cko ck cko
Tighten the V-belt

1. Slightly slacken fastening screws (1), (2),

(3) and nut (4).

1 4
2

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 cko2 3

Fig 5-30

1&2&3. Screws 4. Nut

02 compressor in direction of arrow, until -the

2. Press -the 02 correct V-belt tension is reached. -02
22 -11 2 -11 2-11
20Retighten 02 02
o2 o2
3. all fastening screws.
cko ck ck
Changing the V-belt

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-37

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2 fastening screws (1), (2), (3) and nut (4).

1. Slightly slacken
-0 2 -0 -0 2
-11 -11 -11
022the compressor against the direction of0arrow
2. Press 22 completely against the engine. 022
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
3. Take the old V-belt off.

4. Fit the new V-belt to the V-belt pulleys.

5. Tension the V-belt as previously described.

6. Check the V-belt tension after a running time of 30 minutes.

5.3.8 Maintaining the Rear Axle Components

2 box and wheel rim oil level-inspect2

Rear axle, tandem
-0 -0 -0 2
-11 -11 -11
022
The positions
2
for the oil level inspection glass 22
20 022
ofko
c rear axle (1), tandem box (2) and wheel krim
c o ck o2
(3) are as shown in the figure.

Observe the oil level through the inspection

glass. If the oil level is between 1/2 to 2/3, it is
normal.

Fig 5-31

-02 02
- oil level inspec- 2. The oil level inspec- 02
2 -11 2
1.11The
- 2 - 11-
02 202 202
tion glass of rear axle tion glass of tandem
cko2 ck o box k
c o

-02 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2 11 5-32
-Fig 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 3. The oil level inspec- ck o2
tion glass of rear
axle wheel rim

5-38 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

If it is less- 2 1/2 of the inspection glass, the -02

0than -0 2
1
-1 shall be conducted through the oil fill- -11 -11
2
oil 2filling 2 2 02 2
o 20 o
0
2and o2
c k ing port of rear axle (4), tandem box k(5)
c ck
wheel rim (6).

Fig 5-33
-02 - 02 - 02
2 -11 2
1
-1 4. The oil filling port of 1
-1 port of
022
6. The oil filling
02 02
o2 o2
rear axle wheel2rim
ck ck 5. The oil filling port of cko
tandem box

Rear axle, tandem box and wheel rim oil-replace

Replace the lubricating oil for the rear axle:

1. Unscrew the oil drain plug of rear axle (7).

Drain the oil and let it stand for a period of
time. After the oil is drained off, tighten the oil
drain plug. 2 2 2
-0 -0 -0
-11
22 the refueling plug and fill the lubricat- -11 -11
2.0Open 022 02 2
cko2 ck o2
ing oil to 1/2 to 2/3 of the oil level inspection ck o2
glass. After the filling, tighten the refueling Fig 5-34
plug.
7. The oil drain plug of 9. The oil drain plug of
rear axle wheel rim
8. The oil drain plug of
tandem box

Replace the lubricating oil for the tandem boxes:

1. Unscrew the oil drain plug of tandem box (8), drain the oil and let it stand for a period of time, un-
2
til the oil1-is0 drained off, tighten the oil drain plug. -02 -0 2
2 -1 -11 -11
202 2 022 2 022
cko 2. Open the refueling plug and fill thecklubricating
o oil to 1/2 to 2/3 of the oil levelko
c inspection glass.
After the filling, tighten the refueling plug.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-39

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02
Replace the lubricating oil for the wheel rim: -02 -02
22-11 22 -11 22 -11
0 20 the oil and let it stand for a period oof2time.
0 After
ck o2
1. Unscrew o drain
the oil drain plug of wheel rim (9),
ck ck
the oil is drained off, tighten the oil drain plug.

2. Open the refueling plug and fill the lubricating oil to 1/2 to 2/3 of the oil level inspection glass.
After the filling, tighten the refueling plug.

Chain tension of sprocket-wheel case-inspect

1. Remove the two covers (1) of the tandem

box, put up the tandem box and make the
wheel off the ground.

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

Fig 5-35

1. Covers

2. If the sag of the loose edge of the chain is greater than 60 mm, the chain requires to be
replaced.

02
Rear axle-lubricate
- -02 -02
-11 -11 -11
022 nipple on the rear axle is shown2022
The grease
2 02 2
kothe right.
con cko ck o2

1. Park the machine at the horizontal ground

and pull up the handbrake.

2. Drop the shovel and affiliated equipment

onto the ground and stop the engine.

3. Fill the lubricating grease from 4 grease nip-

ples on the tandem box, which shall be sub-

-02
ject to the phenomenon that the lubricating -02 -02
2 -11
grease2overflows -11
2 Fig 2 -11
0 from the grease nipple.
02 5-36 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

5-40 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

-02
5.3.9 Maintaining the Transmission -02 -02
22 -11 2 -11 2 -11
20 02 02
cko Transmission oil level-check
cko2 ck o2
Check transmission oil level before daily use. The oil inlet of the transmission and the dipstick is lo-
cated under the cab, at the left side of the machine. Check the oil level according to the following
procedures:

1. Place the grader on even ground and wedge its wheels with brake blocks against rolling for
safety.

2. Place the gear selector of the transmission at the neutral position.

3. The working temperature of the transmission should be normal range, and the engine is at low
idling speed, about 700 rpm.
-0 2 -02 -02
22-11
4. Unsrew the oil dipstick anticlockwise and2 -11 2 -11
2 0 02
2inlet 02
o wipe it clean. Insert the dipstick into the
ck pipe to the bottom and pull it out again.ck o ck o2

Fig 5-37

- 02 - 02 -02
-11 step 4 at least 2 times to ensure accuracy
5. Repeat -11 . -11
2 022 2 022 2 022
cko 6. Check the oil level. The oil level should
cko be between the upper scale and the middle
cko scale.
Transmission oil-change

1. Put the engine or vehicle at horizontal position.

2. Put the oil receiving vessel below the tail end of the oil drain pipe at the right side of the complete
machine.

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-41

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

3. Unscrew -the
1 02 plug at the tail end of the oil -0 2 -02
22-
1 2 -11 2 -11
drain pipe.
0 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 5-38

-02 -0 2 -02
-11 the engine oil.
4. Discharge -11 -11
2 022 2 022 2 022
c5.koReplace it with the new gasket and screw
ckoon the plug at the tail end of the oil drainckpipe.
o
6. Unscrew the filling port cover of transmission and add the new oil with specified grade.

7. Inspect the oil level.

8. Start the gearbox to inspect whether the engine oil is leaked.

Filter element of transmission-replace

1. Clean the wiring harness and hose surrounding the filter element of the transmission.

2. Use proper tool to entangle the filter element (belt wrench).

02 02 -02
3. Remove
2 - 11-the filter element and dispose of 2-11- 2 -11
202
the discarded
o
filter element as per local laws202
o2
02
k regulations.
cand cko ck

Fig 5-39

1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
4. Receive
2 2-1the engine oil with vessel. 2 2-1 2 -11
2 0 2 0 02
c5.koWipe the junction surface of the filter element
cko clean. ck o2
6. Wipe a small amount of engine oil on the rubber sealing gasket of the new engine oil filter.

5-42 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

7. Fill the-0 2
engine -
oil to the new filter element, and then 02 screw on the new filter element by hand,- 02un-
1 1 1 1 1 1
20 2til2-it joints the gasket. 20 22- 20 22-
k o k o
c 8. Tighten the filter element of the engine k
c oil half a circle until it is aligned to the o
c fixed clamp, and
tighten the bolts.

9. Inspect whether the filter element has any leakage.

5.3.10 Maintaining the Circle Drive

Lubricating the circle drive gear

NOTE：
SANY recommends you use the lubricant with 5% molybdenum to lubricate circle drive, its drive
02
1-slewing
gear and gear. 1-0
2
1-0
2
2 2-1 2 2-1 2-1
0
2 the following procedures to lubricate
Take 0
2the circle drive gear: 202
cko cko cko
1. Set the moldboard rotation circle drive leveled, and engage the parking brake.

2. Low the blade and the attachments onto the ground, and stop the engine.

3. Clean the oil nipples.

4. Refill proper grease onto the small gear teeth of the circle drive and the gear surface of the
circle.

5. Start the grader and drive the circle drive rotate to lubricate engaged teeth.
2 2 2
1-0the gear oil level
Checking
-11
-0
-11
-0
0 2 2-1 022 02 2
2
In 2
case of oil leakage or possible oil leakage,
o2
cko check the oil level. Before oil level checking
cko or ck 1

oil filling, wipe out the surface around the ac-

cess hole (2) and oil filler (1).

1. Set the moldboard rotation circle drive

leveled.

2. The oil level must be at the upper of access

hole (2).

3. If necessary, fill oil from the oil filler (1).

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 5-40
ck o2
1. Oil filler

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-43

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 Fig 5-41
ck o2
2. Access hole

Changing the gear oil

After the first 100 working hours, change the gear oil in the circle drive. The filling volume is about
2.5 L. After that, change the gear oil every 1000 working hours.

Before removing the plug, wipe out the sur-

face around the oil filler .
3

1. For quick oil02drainage, tilt the blade towards 2 2

- -0 -0
-11
22of the oil drain plug and set it on the 2-11 2 -11
the side
0 02 02
o2
k
cground. ck o2 ck o2

2. Remove the oil drain plug (3) to drain the oil

into a container. For quick oil drainage, you
can also remove the plug at oil filler and refit it
until the oil is drained completely. Clean the
plug, fit a new seal ring, and then refit and
screw up the plug.
Fig 5-42
3. Operate the lift cylinder to set the blade lev-
-02
11 from the oil filler till the oil level 1 - 02 -02
eled. Fill -oil
22
3.1 Oil drain plug
22- 2 -11
0 0 02
o 2 the upper of access hole.
reaches
ck ck o2 ck o2

5-44 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

4. Clean the2 plug at oil filler , fit a new seal ring 2 2

0 -0 -0
- 11-refit and screw up the plug.
and 2then 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 o2
ckmiddle
5. Capacity: When the oil level is at the cko2
of the access hole, the oil volume is about 6.5
L.

Adjusting the over-load protection circle drive torque

In order to prevent the grader from being damaged against hard objects, the overload protection of
the circle drive has been set before delivery. If the turning torque of the blade exceeds the set val-
ue, the grader will automatically slip for protection.

Normally, after 1000 working hours, adjust the circle drive torque. However, if the grader slips fre-
-02
quently1influencing
2
1-0 to adjust the torque of the circle drive.
its working efficiency , it is necessary 1-0
2
2 2-1 2 2-1 2-1
2 0
Special tools: 13# spanner, 2 0
torque spanner 202
cko and 18# socket spanner. cko cko

Fig 5-43

Take the following procedures to adjust the

02 circle drive.
1-the -02 -02
-11 -11
torque of
2 -1 2 2
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck

Fig 5-44

- 02 - 02 -02
-11 the blade on the ground. Level the drawbar
1. Place -11 for easy operation. -11
2 022 02 2 02 2
cko 2. Stop the grader to clean debris. ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-45

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02circle drive cover bolts.

3. Loosen the -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 Fig 5-45 cko2

4. Remove the upper cover of the circle

drive.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Fig 5-46

5. Operate turning circle control level to align each ratchet in the adjustment holes of the circle
drive with the holes.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

5-46 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

2 socket spanner into adjustment -02

6. Insert-0the -02
1 1 11 -11
0 22- Adjust the ratchets evenly.
holes. 22- 0 02 2
cko2 cko2 cko2
NOTE：
The ratchets of the circle drive can rotate
clockwise but can not rotate anticlockwise.
The torque value depends on the actual work-
ing conditions on jobsite. The range of the tor-
que is 35 N.m - 45 N.m.

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 Fig 5-47 cko2

7. Install the circle drive cover and tighten bolts.

NOTE：
Ensure the sealing performance of the seal plate during the assembly of the circle drive cover. If
any damage, replace a new gasket.

Checking and adjusting manual brake

1. Check the initial operating point of manual brake

-02 -02 -02
2 2 -11 conditions, the manual brake starts22to-1produce
In normal 1 braking force when it is pulled up
2 2 -11 to 120
o 20220mm, which is considered as the initial
to
o 20operating point. In addition, the noisedo 2made
0 by ratch-
k
c et wheel due to pulling the manual brake k k
c can also be used to define the initial operating
c point.

2. Check that the manual brake works well

1) Drive the motor grader on an asphalt or concrete road of good condition and with a slope of
20% or more;

2) Press the brake pedal to the floor , move the gear selector to “N” position and pull the man-
ual brake to the initial operating point;

3) Release the brake pedal slowly. If the machine stays stably on the slope, the manual brake
02 -02 -02
2- 11- Otherwise, it needs adjustment.
works.
2-11 2 -11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-47

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 - 02 - 02
2 2-11 WARNING
2 2-1
1
2 2-1
1
0 0 0
The2test for parking brake shall only be conducted
2 2
cko cko cko
in a field without hidden danger. Make sure
that there is not any person or obstacle around the machine during the test.

3. Instruction on manual brake adjustment

1) Place the grader on even ground and wedge its 6 wheels with brake blocks against movements.

2) Move the manual brake lever to the lowest position;

3) Loosen the adjusting nut shown in the fig-

ure and tighten the upper nut. During ad-
justment, the2control lever of parking brake 2 2
-0 -0 -0
-11 upwards;
may swing
2 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Fig 5-48

4) Measure the clearance between friction material inside the parking brake and brake hub, which
should be not less than 0.5 mm;

5) After above-mentioned clearance is adjusted properly, tighten two adjusting nuts;

6) Re-check the braking effect after above adjustment.

2 2 2
1-0replace the braking shoe
4. Check and
-11
-0
-11
-0
0 2 2-1 2
02after 22 the
0open
2 2 2
ko hub to check whether the brake lining cko is worn. In case of abnormal abrasion,ckcontact
o
If the parking brake effect is still not improved adjustment to the manual brake,
cbrake Sany
service personnel for replacement.

5-48 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

-02
5.3.11 Maintaining the Work Implement -02 -02
22 -11 2 -11 2-11
20 Lubricating the circle 02 02
cko 1. ck o2 ck o2
Take the following procedures to lubricate the
circle:

1) Place the grader on the ground, pull the

manual brake lever.

2) Low the blade and the attachment on the

ground, and stop the engine.
Fig 5-49
3) Add grease via 4 nozzles on the drawbar
2 2 2
1-0grease overflow.
unit the
-11
-0
-11
-0
0 2 2-1 02 2 02 2
2 Replacing the blade guide plate
2. o2 o2
cko ck ck
After a period of operation, the blade (1) may shake due to guide plate (3). If it shakes heavily, re-
place the guide plate at both sides. If the guide plate is rough or scratched, use a file for trimming
before replacement.

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

1 2 3 4 5

Fig 5-50

1. Blade 3. Guide plate 5. Adjusting pad

2. Fixing bolt 4. Baffle
1 - 02 -02 -02
2- 1 2 -11 2-11
202
Replacement procedures:
o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck
1. Set timber block under each end of the blade.

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-49

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2. Set the blade2on the timber block. The blade should be2slightly stressed only. 2
-0 -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
022 the baffle (4) and fixing bolt (2) of baffles
3. Remove 022 at two sides. 022
o2
c4.kOperate one end of blade (1) down to make o2
ck guide rail of blade have a certain clearance
ck with bot- o2

tom and side of guide plate (3) and adjusting pad (5). Take off the used guide plate.

5. Fit the new baffle (4). Tighten the fixing bolts (2).

6. Install another guide plate in the same way.

7. Adjust the blade position. Set the blade on the timber block. The blade should be slightly
stressed only. Make side guide plate of guide rail have a certain clearance with left and right side
of guide rail.
02 02
1- baffle (4) and fixing bolt (2) of baffles 1at1-two sides. -02
8. Remove1the
2- 2 - 2 -11
202
o new guide plate (3) and adjusting pad 202
o Take off the used guide plate. o2
02
c9.kFit ck(4). ck
10.Fit the new baffle (4). Tighten the fixing bolts (2).

5.3.12 Maintaining the Blade

1. Replacing and checking the cutting edge

The main cutting edge worn to the blade body must be replaced. Prevent the blade body from
wear.

Replacement procedures:
1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
a. Pad up -1the blade with a pad (3) until the -1 -11
022 edge (1) and main cutting edge2022
side 2cutting 022
koare easy to be remove.
c(2) cko cko2

b. Take off the side cutting edge (1) and main

cutting edge (2).

c. Install a new side cutting edge (1) and main

cutting edge (2).

d. Lift the blade and remove the pads. 1 3 2

Fig 5-51

-0 2 02 cutting edge
1. -Side 3. Pad -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 2. Main cutting edge 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

5-50 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

-02 Hinged Components Lubrication-02

5.3.13 Key -02
22 -11 22 -11 22 -11
o 20 oil cup is also known as grease nipple.
The o 20 Use a grease gun to fill lubricant (grease)
o 20 into all oil
k k
c cups every day, so as to ensure the lubrication
c k
c mainly located at
of all key parts. The oil cups are
front axle, front wheel bearing at the front frame, axis pin joint, ball pin, joint bearing, circle, swing
support and both ends of hydraulic cylinder.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

2 2 2
1-0
Fig 5-52
-1 -11
-0
-11
-0
2 2 2
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko 5.3.14 Maintaining the Electric System
ck ck
Maintaining the batteries

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-51

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-0 2 - 02 - 02
2 2 -11 WARNING
2 2-1
1
2 2-1
1
2 0 0 0
2 do not use open fire, do not smoke.o 2There is a
cko cko ck
Explosion hazard! When working on the batteries
possibility of explosion.

CAUTION
Wear proper clothes to avoid skin from erosion by acid when filling acid to the batteries.

NOTICE
Never leave tools on the batteries. Otherwise the batteries may become short circuit and the elec-
2 be influenced.
tric devices may
-0 2 -0 2 -0
11 11 11
22-
20 the batteries on the grader firmly and 22-
0 it frequently for looseness.
2check 2022-
•kInstall
o k o k o
c• To install the battery, coat the terminalsc with a little of vaseline and connect the cwire to positive
pole (+) firs and then to negative pole (-).
• To take out the storage battery, disconnect the wire from negative pole (-) first and then from
positive pole (+).

The following maintenance helps to prolong the service life:

• Turn off all consuming electrical appliances (such as ignition switch, lamp, interior lamp and
radio).
• Check the battery open-circuit voltage regularly at least once a year.
• When the voltage is 24 V or less, recharge the battery at once instead of supercharging.
0 2 0 2 -0 2
•
2- 11-battery in one hour after each charging.11-
Do not use
2- 2 -11
0 2
2 maintenance procedures: 202 02
cko
Battery
cko ck o2
1. Open the side gate of the hood. Clean the battery case and its surface.

2. Clean the electrode and electrode clamp, and coat some vaseline.

3. Check the tightness of the battery.

Maintaining the electric box

NOTICE
Keep the electric box dry when maintaining the electric box. Otherwise the control modules may
2 2 2
1-0
become invalidation.
-1 1-0 -1 1-0 -1
2 2 2
202 202 202
cko cko cko

5-52 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

02
Take the-following
1 steps to maintain the elec-
1 - 02 -02
2-1
tric2box. 22-
1 2 -11
0 0 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2
1. Unscrew four screws on the electric box.
Open the door of the electric box.

2. Use a dry brush to clean out the dust lightly.

3. Check the connection of each electric con-

tact point. Fig 5-53

4. Lock the door of the electric box and screw

up four screws on the electric box.
1 - 02 -02 -02
2-1
Maintaining
2 the fuse 2-11 2 -11
2 0 02 02
cko o2
ckin good condition or not.
Check the fuse to see whether they are cko2

NOTICE
When replacing a new fuse, the capacity should be right. Otherwise it will be melt again or not
easy to melt when circuit is overloading. This will influence the electric system.

5.3.15 Filling Windshield Washing Fluid

The windshield washer reservoir is located in

the engine compartment.
1 - 02 -02 -02
2-1procedures:
Filling
2 2-11 2 -11
0 02 02
cko2 ck
1. Remove the washer reservoir cover.
o2 cko2

2. Remove the filler cap of the reservoir.

3. Fill washing fluid into the reservoir through

the port under the filler cap.

4. Fit the filler cap.

Fig 5-54
5. Fit the access cover.

NOTE：
02 02 -02
2 - 11- nozzle of the windshield washer2-11-
The spray
2 -11
o 202 be adjusted to spray the washing fluid
can
o 202to o2
02
ck the desired direction. ck ck

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-53

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02
5.3.16 Checking/replacing Windshield Wiper -02 -02
22 -11 22 -11 22-11
o
Check20 the wipers for the windshield and rear
o 20 window. If the wipers scratch them,oreplace
20 the
k
cwipers. c k c k

5.3.17 Check the Bolts

Check the tightness of following bolts before the first 50 working hours, and then check them every
250 working hours. See “Requirements of Oil and Fluids” on page 5-7 for detailed tightening
torque.

Table 5–11 Torque Table for regular bolts

02 Tightening Torque
-02 Tightening Torque
-02
211-
Thread
- 2 -11 Thread
-11
022
(N.m) (N.m)
202 o2
02 2
cko M6 10~12 ck M16 cko
214~256
M8 25~30 M18 294~353
M10 49~59 M20 417~500
M12 86~103 M22 568~680
M14 137~164 M24 722~864

5.4 Maintenance Overview

5.4.1 Basic Principle
2 2 2
- 1 1-0 work shall be done by the professional
All maintenance
- 1 1-0 maintenance personnel assigned by - 1 -0
1the
2 022
manufacturer. 022be authorized by the maintenance engineer
Operation by onsite personnel shall
2 2 022 as-
ko by the manufacturer in advance. Consequences
csigned cko cko
arising from unauthorized operation to the
machine shall be borne by the relevant operator. We don’t undertake the joint liability.

5.4.2 Basic Maintenance Methods

1. Observation method

Observation before maintenance is the basic method for diagnosis and maintenance. It applies to
the whole maintenance process. You must observe the following points carefully and
comprehensively:
• The environment, ground conditions and weather conditions (ambient temperature and humidity,
2 2 2
1-0 etc.) around the machine.
air condition,
- 1 -11
-0
-11
-0
• Loose
0 2 2welds 022 members; the connection of all parts;
on the machine body and structural 2 con-
02the
o 2 o 2 o 2
ckdition of indicator lamps; the conditioncand
k display of the operation panel; difference
ck between
the normal and abnormal working conditions of the operation panel.

5-54 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

- 02
Before maintenance,
1 - 02
you must perform analysis according
1 02the
to the observation. Pay attention-to
1
1 1 1
22- points before maintenance:
following 22-
20Analyze and determine the possible causes
20 before maintenance. 22- 20
c k o • c k o cko
• Check the relevant documents for technical requirements and operation characteristics accord-
ing to the observation, and take them as the basis for maintenance;
• Perform analysis and diagnosis with your own knowledge and experience; for problems you are
not familiar with, turn to the technical engineer for suggestion and help.

2. Replacement method

Replace the suspected defective part with a good one to see if the malfunction still exists.

3. Comparison method

- 02
The comparison
1 -
method is similar to the replacement
1 02 method. The causes may be determined1 - 02 by
2 2-1 the appearances and functions 0of22the
comparing
0
-1 suspected defective part and a well-conditioned
0 2 2-1
2 2 2
cko one. ko c ko c
4. Test method

Test the electrical or hydraulic part of the defective system. Determine the causes according to the
comparison between the test results and standard values.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-55

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

1 - 02 1 - 02 1 - 02
0 2 2-1
5.4.3 Replacing Scarifier Tooth Tip
0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1
2 o2 o 2 or small
ko the scarifier tooth tip. In case of anyckdamage
cCheck cktooth
or heavy wear (close to the main
tooth), replace the scarifier tooth sleeve.

Take the following procedures to replace the

big tooth sleeve:

1. Lift the scarifier till it is convenient to re- 1

move the tooth sleeve.

2. Remove tooth pin (3) from one side of the 2

positioning hole on tooth sleeve (2).
-02 -02 3 -02
-11
3. Take22off tooth sleeve (2) and snap ring. 2 -11 2 -11
0 02 02
o2
k tooth pin (3) and the main tooth(1). ck
cClean o2 ck o2
Fig 5-55
4. Fit the new tooth sleeve on the main tooth.
1. Main tooth 3. Tooth pin
5. Tap the tooth pin into the snap ring, main
2. Tooth sleeve
tooth and tooth sleeve from the other side of
the retainer.

6. Repeat steps 2~5 to replace other tooth

sleeves.

1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
2-1
5.4.4 Removing
2
the Front Axle Assembly 2-1 2 -11
o 2 0
o 202 o2
02
c1.k Park the machine on flat ground. Applycthe
k parking brake. ck
2. Loosen the rim nut for about 1 circle. Set the blade or dozer on ground to make the front wheel
off the ground.

3. Use several jacks to jack up the front axle.

NOTE：
The front axle is about 3000 kg.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

5-56 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

2 rim nut and remove the tire.

-0the
4. Loosen -0 2 -02
2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
20Disconnect 02 02
cko
5. the hydraulic pipeline.
cko2 cko2

-02 - 02 -02
2 -11 2 -1 1 Fig 5-56
2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 o2
ck at cko2
Disconnect the hydraulic pipe connections
the tilting cylinder and the steering cylinder.
Seal the pipe openings with clean plugs.

Fig 5-57
-02 - 02 -02
2-11 2
1
-1 1. Cylinder 2. Pipe
2 -11
202 202 o2
02
cko cko ck

-02 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-57

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

6. Remove the
1 - 02 tilting cylinder and the tilting -02 -0 2
link. 22-
1 2 -11 2-11
0 02 02
o2
•ckRemove the bolt (1), washer (2) o
and kthe
c
2
ck o2
plate (3) at both ends to fix the pin. Take off
the pin (4).
• Move the tilting link aside.
• Remove the bolt (1), washer (2) and the
plate (3) at one end of the tilting cylinder.
4
Take off the pin (5).
1 2 3 5
• Remove the tilting cylinder. 1 23

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 Fig 5-58 ck o2

1. Bolt 4. Pin
2. Washer 5. Pin
3. Plate

7. Remove the steering link.

• Remove the pins (1) and the nuts (2) at both
ends of the steering link (1).
• Remove the steering link (3).

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 -11
02 02 30222 1
ck o2 cko2 ck o 2

Fig 5-59

1. Pins 3. Steering link

2. Nuts

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 cko2 ck o2

5-58 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

-02the steering cylinder.

8. Remove -02 -02
22 -11 -11 -11
• 0Loosen 022
pin (1) and lock nut (2) at one end
02 2
cko2 of the steering cylinder. ck o2 ck o2

1 2

Fig 5-60

-02 2 Pin
-0
1. 2. Nut -02
22 -11 22 -11 2 -11
2 0 2 0 02
• Remove bolt (1), washer (2), clap plate (3)
cko and axle pin (4) at the other endckoof the ck o2

steering cylinder.
• Remove the steering cylinder.

4
1
2
3

Fig 5-61
-02 - 02 -02
2 -11 2
1
-1 1. Bolt 3. Plate
22 -11
02 02 20
cko2 ck o2 2. Washer 4. Axle pin
cko

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-59

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

9. Remove -the
1 02 tilting knuckle and steering -0 2 -02
-1
knuckle22group. 2 -11 2 -11
0 02 02
o2
•ckRemove pin (1), lock nut (2), o
washer k(3)
c
2
cko2
and axis pin (4) connecting the tilting
knuckle and the axle frame.
4
• Remove the tilting knuckle (5) and steering
knuckle group (6) from the axle frame.
6
3
2
1
5

Fig 5-62

-0 2 02
1. -Pin 4. Axis pin -02
2 -11 2 -11 5. Tilting knuckle022
-11
02 02 2. Nut
ck o2 ck o2 3. Washer k o2
6. Steeringcknuckle
group

10. Remove the tilting knuckle and steering knuckle at the other side by the same method.

5.4.5 Articulation Steering Cylinder

1. Articulation steering cylinder

Articulation steering cylinder is used in articu-

lation steering system to make the grader
1 - 02area. -0 2 -02
21
steer in narrow
- 2 -11 2 -11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck
Disassembly procedures:

1) Use a spanner to loosen the guide sleeve.

Fig 5-63
There is a mounting hole on the guide sleeve
for spanner fitting.

2) Set the cylinder on the fixing bracket and

secure it.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 cko2
Fig 5-64

5-60 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

- 02 oil of 0.8 ~1.2 MPa (i. e., hy- 1-02

3) Fill pressure
1 -02
2 2-1 oil or kerosene of the same grade) 2 2-1 2 -11
draulic
2 0 2 0 02
cko from the oil port at the other end of the
ckopiston ck o2
rod.

Fig 5-65

4) Remove the piston rod and piston under

the effect of pressure oil.

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
Fig 5-66

5) Check the seals of piston and piston rod for damage. If any, replace the seal with a new one of
the same size.

Installation procedures:

(1) Check all removed elements.

(2) Use kerosene or hydraulic oil of the same grade to clean elements. Otherwise, dust and foreign
materials would cause secondary contamination.
02 02 -02
2- 11-off the removed elements with compressed
(3) Blow 11- air.
2- -11
202 202 2 022
cko cko c o
(4) Set the cylinder block upright. Fit the piston rod (together with the piston) intokthe cylinder block
by external force. (Apply even force to the piston when tapping it with a hammer.) Set the cylinder
on the fixing rack and secure it.

(5) Use a spanner to fix the threaded guide sleeve on the cylinder block.

(6) Charge some high-pressure air from the oil ports at both ends of the cylinder.

(7) Turn on the switch to make the piston rod move outwards under the effect of high- pressure air.

2. Steering cylinder

The steering cylinder is mainly used to make front and rear frame articulation at certain angles to
-02or right steeering.
enlarge1left 1-0
2
1-0
2
2-1 2-1 2-1
202 202 202
cko cko cko

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-61

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

2
The steering-0cylinder mainly comprises the - 02 -02
1 1 -11
2-1 the cylinder body, the piston 022-1
guide 2sleeve,
0 022
2 o2 o2
ko the oil cup and the seal parts. Pistonckrod
crod, ck
seals are composed of OD type seal ring, BS
type seal ring, FR type guide ring, dust ring
and O ring. Piston body seals are composed
of OK type seal ring, FR type seal ring and O
ring.

Removal procedures:

1) Use a pair of retainer pliers to remove the Fig 5-67

retainer ring and the retainer sleeve which is
mounted on the2piston rod. See right figure. 2 2
-0 -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
0 2 guide sleeve with a ball hammer to2022
2) Tap 2the
2 022
ko it move inwards till you can see the cfront
cmake ko ck o2
clipping key.

02 2 2
Fig 5-68
1 - -0 -0
2
1
2- 22-11 2 -11
2 0 off the front clipping key with magnetic20 02
3) Take
ko
ctools. cko ck o2

Fig 5-69

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

5-62 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

4) Set the- 2 cylinder on the fixing bracket and -02

0oil -02
1 1 11 -11
0 22- it.
secure
0 22- 022
cko2 cko2 cko2

Fig 5-70

5) Fill pressure oil of 0.8 ~1.2 MPa (i. e., hy-

draulic oil or kerosene of the same grade)
1 - 02port at the other end of the piston 1-02 -02
-11
from the oil
-1 -1
022
rod. 022 022
cko2 cko2 cko2

Fig 5-71

6) Take out the piston rod and piston under

the effect of pressure oil.

7) Check the
- 0 2 seal of piston rod for damage. If -02 -02
11
any, -replace
2
it with a new one of the same -11
2 2 -11
20 2 202 02
o2
size.
cko cko ck
8) Use a pair of retainer pliers to remove the
retainer ring mounted at one end of piston.

9) Remove the clipping key cap. Fig 5-72

10) Forcibly tap the rear clipping key outwards

and take it down to remove the piston.

11) Check the piston seal ring and its com-

pression allowance. In case of any damage,
replace it with a new one of the same size.
1 - 02 -02 -02
2-1 procedures:
Installation
2 2 -11 2 -11
0 02 02
cko2 (1 )Check all removed elements. cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-63

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-
(2) Use kerosene
1 02 or hydraulic oil of the same grade to1clean
- 02 elements. Otherwise, dust and foreign
1 - 02
1 1 1
22-would cause secondary contamination.22-
materials
20 20 22- 20
k o k o
c(3) Blow off the removed elements with compressed
c cko
air.

(4) Install the piston on the piston rod and install the clipping key and the clipping key cap.

(5) Use a pair of retainer pliers to install the retainer ring on the end of the piston.

(6) Set the cylinder block upright. Fit the piston rod (together with the piston) into the cylinder block
by external force. (Apply even force to the piston when tapping it with a hammer.)

(7) Set the cylinder on the fixing bracket and secure it.

(8) Put the clipping key with magnetic tools into the mounting groove and tap the guide sleeve with
a hammer. 02 02 02
2 - 11- 2 - 11- -11-
202 the high pressure air pipe with ports
(9) Attach
2at02two ends of the cylinder. 2 022
ck o ck o c ko
(10) Turn on the switch to move the piston rod outwards under the high pressure air and to tighten
the clipping key.

(11) Use the same method to install the retainer sleeve. Apply even force when tapping it with a
hammer.

(12) Use a pair of retainer pliers to install the retainer ring.

(13) Strictly perform dwell pressure test on the cylinder until the requirements of the cylinder are
achieved.

Replace and install the front wheel tilting cylinder, blade swing cylinder, blade lift cylinder, blade
1 - 02 dozer cylinder and scarifier cylinder 1 - 2
0according 1 - 02
2-1cylinders. 2-1 2-1
sideshift cylinder, to the replacement methods for
2 0 2
the above 2 0 2 2 0 2
c3.koSeveral common seal rings cko cko

1) OK type piston seal ring

The OK type seal ring is mainly used for heavy-duty hydraulic equipment. Its applicable op-
erating pressure is more than 500 bar. It features small size, which guarantees small friction
resistance in starting even after a long dwell time. Its open structure makes it easy to be
mounted on the integral piston, without the help of any auxiliary means. It has good wear
resistance.

2) OD type piston seal ring

The OD0type
- 2 seal ring comprises PTFE piston seal - 02ring and O-ring. It is used for the hydraul-
- 02
1 1
-1 rod and piston. It features small 2sizes, 1
0
ic 2piston
2 0 2-1 which ensures small friction in starting0 2 2-1and
2 moving, and stable movement without o 2 creeping even when the machinectravels 2 at low
cko speed. It is resistant to crushing andckhigh ko
temperature. It has good oil return characteristics
due to the special sealing structure.

5-64 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Maintenance

3) BS type
- 0 2 piston seal ring - 02 - 02
1 1 1
2-1 2-1 2-1
The BS type seal ring comprises 2 seal lips which fit tight at the external radius. The lubricant
2 0 2 between the lips greatly reduces 2
the 0 2
friction and wear. It features good 0
friction2
2 resistance,
c k o k o k o
good crushing resistance, smallccompression deformation and convenientc installation.

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 5-65

 Maintenance STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

5-66 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Troubleshooting

-02
6 Troubleshooting
1 -02 -02
..............................................................................................................6-1
1 1
2 -1
6.1 2Mechanical 2-1 2-1
System...............................................................................................................6-3
2 2
0 0 0
2 6.1.1 Circle Drive...................................................................................................................6-3
2 2
cko cko cko
6.1.2 Parking Brake ..............................................................................................................6-4
6.1.3 Axle ...............................................................................................................................6-4
6.2 Hydraulic System ..................................................................................................................6-4
6.3 Electrical System...................................................................................................................6-6
6.3.1 Power Supply and Engine..........................................................................................6-6
6.3.2 Abnormal A/C Operation............................................................................................6-8
6.3.3 Auxiliary Electric System............................................................................................6-8
6.4 A/C System ............................................................................................................................6-9
6.5 Engine...................................................................................................................................6-11
2
6.5.1-0Engine - 02
Troubleshooting Procedures......................................................................6-11 - 02
1 1
-1 Engine Troubleshooting .......................................................................................... 1
0 2 26.5.2 0 2 2-1 0 2 2-1 6-12
2 2 2
cko 6.5.3 Engine Fault Code ...................................................................................................
cko cko 6-14
6.6 Transmission....................................................................................................................... 6-22

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-1

 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

6-2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

6.Troubleshooting
02 2 2
- -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
2 022 02 2 022
cko 6.1 Mechanical System ck o2 ck o2
6.1.1 Circle Drive

Table 6–1 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Circle Drive

Fault Symptom Cause Remedy

1. Open the seal plate of upper cover
on the circle drive. Use a torque span-
ner to adjust torque (follow step 2 di-
1. Friction disc is normally
Overload- rectly when the circle drive is not with
worn, but the pretightening
2 02 02
1-0 circle drive
overload protection).
1
protection
force is insufficient 1 - 1 -
- -1 2-1
022 022
2. If the adjustment is not effective
2Blade 2. Friction disc is damaged.
2 0 2
cko slip cko
through step 1, open upper
c k o 2 cover to
check the interior. Replace damaged
parts.
1. Worm rod with poor self lock
Regular performance is severely worn.
Replace worn parts.
circle drive 2. Output gear is severely
worn.
Frequent operation impact and
Excessive output gear
insufficient lubrication result in
teeth abrasion or Replace gear output shaft.
excessive output gear teeth
breakage
abrasion or breakage.
-0 2 -0 2 2
-11 -11
Wash the housing and perform repair
- 1 1-0
02 2 22
Oil leakage at the0housing 2 in the
welding (first drain the gear02oil
cko2 cko
2 worm- gear box).
cko
2
Oil leakage at the dynamic Check the seal steel ring and seal ring.
Oil leakage
seal If necessary, replace them.
Open the small cover on the upper part
Oil leakage at the root of the
of worm-gear box. Pre-tighten the ad-
teeth of gear
justment bolt for gear output shaft.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-3

 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02Brake
6.1.2 Parking -0 2 -0 2
2-11 -11 -11
02 022 022
cko2 Table
2
cko Troubleshooting for Parking Brake cko
6–2 Fault Analysis and
2

Fault Symptom Cause Remedy

The machine slides slowly or Brake shoe is worn, which
quickly when it is parked on a cause larger gap between 1. Adjust the manual brake.
slope with the brake drums. Manual brake 2. Replace the brake shoe.
parking brake applied. wire is loose.

6.1.3 Axle

The faults of axle

- 0 2 include abnormal noise at wheels, brake - 0 2 failure, oil leakage at wheel nuts, tan- - 02
1 (detaching, oil leakage and abnormal
dem drive-1case 1 1
0 2 2 0 2 2-1 noise), transmission failure, failure to
0 2 2-1
running
2
forward, leakage at axle arm and primary 2
reduction. 2
cko cko cko
6.2 Hydraulic System
General tools for hydraulic system troubleshooting are: pressure gauge (0 MPa – 4 MPa), pres-
sure gauge (0 MPa – 25 MPa), pressure gauge (0 MPa – 60 MPa), test hose (L= 3 m, 2 pieces),
multimeter, common hexagon socket spanner (1 set), common spanner and plugs sealing the out-
lets of motor and traveling pump.

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2-11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

6-4 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

-02 02 -0 2
2-11 11-
Table 6–3 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting
2- for Hydraulic System
2-11
202 202 o2
02
cko Fault Symptom o
ckCause ck
Remedy
Air in system Exhaust
Oil level too low and air into oil pump Refill and exhaust
System vibrating
Foamed hydraulic oil Replace hydraulic oil.
with noise
Air into oil pump due to leakage of oil
Repair oil pipe and exhaust.
pipe
Air into system Exhaust
Cylinder piston rod
creeping Piston rod seized due to tightened
Replace cylinder
guide ring and seal ring of cylinder
-02 2 2
-11 1 1-0
Control lever linkage mechanism
- -11
-0
022 022 2
Do troubleshooting
2
Multi-way valve seized too tightly 02
ck o control lever fails
ck o2 o2
ckvalve. If dam-
Clean Multi-way
to reset Multi-way valve core blocked by dirt
aged, repair or replace
automatically
Return spring too soft or broken Replace it
Damaged main overflow valve or valve Replace or clean main overflow
Operate multi-way core fails to be closed due to dirt valve
valve but actuator Damaged oil pump Replace or repair oil pump
does not move
Seized multi-way valve core Replace or repair oil pump
Loose pressure adjustment mechanism
on the multi-way valve or hydraulic Readjust pressure and lock
-02 pump -02 -0 2
2 -11 or no -11 -11
022 or valve core 22
Sluggish
0 2 Damaged overflow valve
20
cko 2movement of 2
ko due to dirt
fails to be fully closed
c
Replace or clean overflow
cko
valve
actuator
Damaged oil pump Repair or replace oil pump
Inner leakage due to damaged actuator
Replace seal
seal
Dirt cooling fin or fan fault Clean cooling fin or repair fan
Oil temperature
Orifice loss fault in oil circuit Eliminate orifice loss
goes up rapidly
and is always high Viscosity of hydraulic oil not in accord-
Replace hydraulic oil
ance with requirements
Damaged seal Replace
Oil leakage
-02 Loosen connector -0 2 Tighten connector -0 2
-11 -11 -11
2 022 implement
Work 2 22 or seized
Damaged balancing 0valve
20 22
Clean or replace balancing valve
cko can not hold at the valve core cko cko
required position Damaged position seal Replace

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-5

 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02
Table 6–3 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting 2for Hydraulic System (continue) 2
1 - -0 -0
- 1
22Symptom 2 -11 2 -11
02 02
Fault Cause Remedy
0
o2
ckFrequent failure of k o2 o2
k replace
Hydraulic oil too dirtc
Check its viscosity cand
hydraulic system hydraulic oil
Air into brake system Bleed
Tighten connector and replace
Oil leakage at brake pipeline connector
Service brake seal
failure Damaged seal of brake cylinder Replace
Clearance of wheel brake too large, Adjust clearance or replace
damaged or worn brake lining brake or brake lining

0 2 -02 -0 2
11- System
6.3 Electrical
2- 2 -11 2 -11
202 o2
02
o2
02
cko ck ck
6.3.1 Power Supply and Engine

Table 6–4 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Power Supply and Engine

Fault Symptom Cause Remedy

Open circuit of fuse F1 or in-
No power after Replace fuse of same specification
sufficient power in batter
turning on the
key switch Completely damaged
Check
battery
Gear selector not at neutral
Set gear selector at neutral position.
-02 position
-02 -0 2
2 -11 -11
2 Check F2. 2 -11
02 Open circuit of fuse F2
02 02
cko2 ck o2 o2
ck D+ is be-
Check if the pressure of generator
Fault in charging signal low 3V. If higher, check the wiring of 113. If
114 is normal, the generator has fault.
The display is on Switch the key to the On position to measure
Ignition switch failure
but no action of 103#. If no power, replace the key switch.
starter motor
If 103# is on, switch the key to the On position
after ignition Damaged relay K2
to measure 107#. If no power, replace K2.
If 103#, 107# and 105# are on, switch the key
Defective starter relay K1 to the On position to measure 106#. If no
power, replace K1.
-0 2 02 02
-11 Starter fault (including relay 2-1
1- the key to the On position to measure
Switch
- 11-
02 2 2
o2 and motor) o 202 106#. If on, check the starter motoro and
202 its
ck ck ck fault
wiring. If no power, the wiring has

6-6 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

02
Table 6–4 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting2for Power Supply and Engine (continue) 2
1 - -0 -0
1
- Symptom
2 2 -11 2 -11
202 02 02
Fault Cause Remedy

cko ck o2 o2
k green seen
The access hole is black orcnot
The display is on, from the sight window. Switch the key to the
Insufficient power in batter
and the starter On position to measure the power voltage
motor sounds but which would be lower than 16V.
fails to start up Defective starter (including
/
relay and motor)

1) Battery checking:

Check the battery access hole: green: normal; black: low electric quantity (charging); white: dam-
age (replacement);
-0 2 -0 2 -02
22-11 2 -11 2 -11
02) Generator checking:
02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
Start the engine and measure the voltage to ground at terminal B+ of generator with a multi meter.
If it is over 27 V, the generator is in normal conditions (charging indicator lamp on instrument panel
not lit up). If not, check the wiring or replace the generator.

3) Charging signal checking:

Shut down the machine (power supply cut off) and measure the voltage to ground at terminal D+
of generator with a multi meter. Normally, it should be 0. If not, check the wiring and generator.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-7

 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 A/C Operation

6.3.2 Abnormal -02 -02
2-11 -11 -11
02 022 022
cko2 Table
cko
2
6–5 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting
cko
for Abnormal A/C Operation 2

Fault Symptom Cause Remedy

Control switch damaged or not Replace control switch or turn it to
turned to “HEATING” position “HEATING” position.
No heating
Hot water valve in A/C not opened. Open hot water valve.
Low engine water temperature Increase engine speed.
Damaged compressor Replace compressor.
Compressor belt slipping Replace or adjust belt.

1 - 02 -02 Replace pressure switch, or adjust 02

-
-11 -11
Pressure switch disconnected
2-1
No refrigerating
2 2 system pressure.
022
2 0 202 2
cko ck o cko
Damaged condenser fan Repair or replace condenser fan.
Damaged temperature controller Replace temperature controller.
Insufficient refrigerant Add some refrigerant.

6.3.3 Auxiliary Electric System

Other auxiliary electric appliances include switches, fuses, relays, lamps, instruments, the horn,
the radio, the reversing alarm, the cigar lighter, wipers. Their structures and operating principles
are quite simple. Check them by visual inspection or multimeter and then repair or replace the de-
fective parts.
-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

-0 2 -02 -02
2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

6-8 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

6.4 A/C System

2 2 2
-0 -0 -0
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 2 Troubleshooting for A/C System
20and 02
o2 o2
Table 6–6 Fault Analysis
ck cko ck
Fault Symptom Cause Remedy
Poor contact of electrical parts
or connectors
Damaged blowing rate switch,
Fan not rotating relay or temperature control Repair or replace
switch
Fuse burnt or low battery
voltage
Obstacles at air suction side
2 02 2
1-0 1- -11
-0
2-1
Evaporator or 1condenser fin
2 - 2
02 rotating normally with
2Fan blocked 02 02
o
ck small air flow ck o2
Unsmooth heat transfer
Clean
cko2
One blower impeller blocked
or damaged
Compressor clutch not en-
gaged due to circuit break or Repair
poor contact
No operation or hard operation Loose compressor belt Tighten
of compressor Failed compressor clutch due
Replace clutch coil.
to broken clutch coil

-02 High/low pressure 2switch in

0 Too less or too much
-0 2
2 -11 11- working
fluid storage -bottle refrigerant -11
02 0 22 0 22
cko2 cko
2
Refrigerant leakage 2
Find out leakedopart.
ck
Insufficient refrigerant
Insufficient refrigerant fill Fill enough refrigerant.
Damaged hot water valve Poor refrigerating effect due to Replace and close hot water
can not be closed warm air electromagnetic valve.
Large opening of expansion
Replace expansion valve.
valve
Poor contact of temperature
Frost on surface of low pres- Mount temperature sensing
sensing bulb for expansion
sure pipe bulb properly.
valve
Too much refrigerant in A/C
2 -02
Discharge some refrigerant.2
1 1-0 system
11 11 -0
022-
2Readings of high and low
2022- 22-
0
2specified
o
ck pressure gauges lower than cko refrigerant
Insufficient c k o
Fill refrigerant to
level
normal value

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-9

 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02 2 for A/C System (continue) 2

Table 6–6 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting
1 - -0 -0
2 1
- Symptom 22 -11 2-11
202 02
Fault Cause Remedy
0
o
ckNegative o2
ckin low pressure
Blockage o2
ck replace
Repair A/C system;
readings of high and
hose; expansion valve fluid storage bottle in case of
low pressure gauges
blocked by ice or dirt blockage by ice.
Replace temperature
Evaporator frozen Failed temperature controller
controller.
Frost at cold inlet of expansion Clean or replace expansion
Expansion valve blocked
valve valve.
Bleed circulation system, re-
Air in circulation system
Fan not rotating vacuumize and fill refrigerant
Too much refrigerant filler Discharge some refrigerant.
2 02dirt and 02
-1 1-0 1 - 11-
2-1condenser
Condenser blocked by Clean and unblock condenser;
22 2 2 -
Poor0condenser
2 working effect 0
foreign substance;
2 202
check and replace condenser
cko cko
blower damaged blower. ck o
Repair; fill refrigerant as
Slightly low readings of high Insufficient refrigerant
specified
and low pressure gauges;
Hot compressor and high
negative reading of low pres- Clean and replace defective
pressure pipe; blocked and
sure gauge; defective part.
damaged low pressure pipe
compressor
Fault in compressor Replace compressor.
Damaged hot water valve can Poor refrigerating effect due to Replace and close hot water
not be closed warm air electromagnetic valve.

- 2
Note: Normal0readings of high and low pressure gauges:
- 02 - 02
1 1 1
0 2 2-1
Under ambient
0 2 2-1 gauge: 1.47~1.67 Mpa (15~17 Kgf/cm);
temperature of 30~50℃ , high pressure
0 2 2-1
o 2pressure gauge: 0.13~0.20 Mpa (1.4~2.11
low
ck o 2 Kgf/cm)
ck o2 ck
Table 6–7 Pressure Parameters of A/C System at Different Temperatures

Environment Temperature Low Pressure High Pressure

25℃ 0.2Mpa±0.02 Mpa 1.4Mpa±0.2 Mpa
30℃ 0.21Mpa±0.02 Mpa 1.6Mpa±0.2 Mpa
35℃ 0.23Mpa±0.02 Mpa 1.8Mpa±0.2 Mpa
40℃ 0.27Mpa±0.02 Mpa 2.2Mpa±0.2 Mpa
Conditions: Compressor: 2000rpm; Max. volume; Humidity: 50%

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2-11 2-11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

6-10 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

6.5 Engine
2 2 2
-0 -0 -0
-11 -11 -11
022 Engine Troubleshooting Procedures
6.5.1 022 02 2
cko2 ck o2 ck o2
For successful troubleshooting in short time, you must do troubleshooting according to the follow-
ing procedures:

1. Before troubleshooting:
• Find out the fault details: working conditions of diesel engine, such as loading, altitude, environ-
ment, dust.
• Check the fault nature: accumulated, sudden or intermittent fault; fault before or after fuel/engine
oil change.

2. Perform strict and systematical fault analysis.

-02 -02 -02
-11
22 out the relationship between the fault2symptoms
3. Find 2 -11 22 parts.
and the diesel engine system and -11
o 20 o 20 o 20
k k
c 4. Find out the relationship between the k
c last maintenance/repair and the currentcfault.

5. Check for several times before removal and inspection of diesel engine.

6. Carry out troubleshooting from the easier and more obvious problems.

7. Find out the fault cause and rectify it.

8. After repair, start the diesel engine to check if the fault is rectified.

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2-11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-11

 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02Troubleshooting
6.5.2 Engine -0 2 -02
2 -11 -11 -11
02 022 02 2
ck o2 Table 6–8 Fault Analysis
2
cko and Troubleshooting for Engine ck o2
Fault Symptom Cause Remedy
Fuel used up Fill up fuel and bleed fuel system.
Fuel filter blocked Replace filter .
Startup failure Leaked fuel pipe Check and tighten all connectors.
Battery discharging or poorly Tighten electrode clamp and check
connected wires.
Too much engine oil Discharge redundant engine oil.
Too much 2 Dirty dry air filter 2Clean or replace 2
-
smoke 1 1-0 -11
-0
-11
-0
2 Insufficient compression due2to2 2
202
discharged 2 0incor-
o2
02
cko ko
burnt or broken piston ring;
rect valve clearance c
Check by the expert. ck
Clean cooling fin of the radiation , esp.
Cooling fin of radiator blocked by
the vertical fin at the top of cylinder.
dirt
Engine too hot Nozzle with defects Check by the expert.
or shut down Incorrect adjustment of injection
suddenly Check by the expert.
pump
Limited cooling airflow Clean radiator.
Loose or broken fan belt Adjust or replace

11-02 1 - 02Fill up engine oil, immediately shut 1-02

Too
0 2 - oil
2low 2-1 down the machine and find out 0the
02less 2 2-1
2 Too much oil consumption2or 2
cko pressure engine oil cko causes, and check oil filter koro cooler
c for
leakage.
Charging alarm Too low engine speed Check, adjust or replace the belt.
indicator lamp of
battery lit on Fault in generator or adjuster, and
during Check by the expert.
no charge of storage battery
operation
Slow starter rotation speed due to
Difficult startup Check battery and clean, reconnect and
too low voltage, loose or oxidized
or unstable grease electrode clamps.
electrode clamps of battery
working power
- 02
of engine1Diffi-
Engine oil with excessive viscosity, 02
- Use appropriate engine oil. -02
2-1 or especially in winter -11 -11
cult 2
0 startup
022 022
o2
ckunstable working
c o
2
Unsmooth fuel supply;kblock in fuel Replace fuel filter , check all
c
2
kooil pipes
power of engine system caused by the paraffin in and use the winter-grade diesel when it
winter turns cold.

6-12 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

02 2 2
Table 6–8 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Engine (continue)
1 - -0 -0
1
22- Symptom 2 -11 2-11
02 02
Fault Cause Remedy
0
cko2 ck
Incorrect valve clearanceo2 ck
Adjust valve clearance. o2
Nozzle with defects Check by the expert.
Turbocharger with defects Check by the expert.
Dirty dry air filter Clean or replace dry air filter .
Defective vacuum switch Check vacuum switch.
Too tight throttle cable Adjust or replace throttle cable.
Loose and eroded wiring of battery Clean and tighten the wiring.
Crankshaft ro-
tates slowly and Insufficient voltage of batter Charge battery.
can not be
1 - 02 Incorrect lubricating oil model1-0
2 Change it with the lubricating oil of 02
-
2-1
started
2-1 specified grade -11
22
202 202 2 0
cko koinjector cko
Check oil injector and high- pressure
No fuel supply of coil
lines.
Failure of fuel cut-off electromag- Check the resistance of electromag-
netic valve netic valve.
Check the low-pressure oil circuit and
Crankshaft ro- No fuel supply of oil injection pump
oil tank for fuel.
tates normally
Abnormal operation of pre-heating
but can not be Check pre-heating system.
system
started
Defective pre-heat plug Replace
Leaked oil injection tube Re-tighten adaptor or replace fuel tube.
-02 -02 -02
-11 -11 -11
Improper oil injection timing Adjust oil injection timing.
02 2 2 seat 2 02 2
o2 20its
Damaged oil injector or Repair or replace
o2
ck ko
c of throttle ck
Improper adjustment
Adjust throttle cable.
cable
Too low idling speed Re-adjust idling speed.
Unstable idling Fuel leakage Check, tighten or repair the leaked part.
Improper oil injection timing Adjust oil injection timing.
Damage or abnormal operation of Check, adjust or replace oil injection
oil injector or oil supply valve pump or oil supply valve.

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-13

 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

1 - 02 1 - 02 -0 2
2-1 Fault Code
6.5.3 Engine
2 2 2-1 2-11
2 0 2 0 02
ko code will displays on the SYCD screen
cFault ckowhen diagnose happens. ck o2

Table 6–9 Engine Fault Code

NO SPN FMI DTCB Description

DFC for SRC High error in air heater
1 2898 16 323
During Off
DFC for SRC Low error in air heater
2 2898 18 323
During Off
DFC for SRC High error in air heater
3 2 2898 15 323 2 2
-11-0 1-0 During On 1-0
2 2-1 22 -1
2042 0 2
2 323 DFC for SRC Low error in air
2 0heater
cko cko During Oncko
2898 17

5 2898 7 322 Grid Heater always switched on

DFC for Short circuit to battery of
6 3597 3 114
acuator relay with index x=0
DFC for Short circuit to battery of
7 3598 3 115
acuator relay with index x=1
DFC for Short circuit to ground of
8 3597 4 114
acuator relay with index x=0
DFC for Short circuit to ground of
9 3598 4 115
-02 -02 acuator relay with index x=1
-0 2
102 -11 2 -11 22 -11
02 167 3 02 124 Signal Range Check High
20
cko2 11 167 4 cko2 124 ckoLow
Signal Range Check
12 168 3 124 SRC high for battery voltage sensor
13 168 4 124 SRC low for battery voltage sensor
14 522000 14 411 error passive CAN A
15 522000 12 411 BusOff error CAN A
defect fault check for Absolute plausi-
16 110 17 242
bility test
SRC High for Engine coolant temper-
17 110 3 241
ature(down stream)
-02 -0 2 02
182 -11 2 -11 2 - 11-
SRC low for Engine coolant tempera-
02 02 ture(down stream) 02
110 4 241

cko2 cko2 o2
ck by turbo
Torque limitation caused
19 520269 14 521
charger protection

6-14 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

02
Table 6–9 Engine Fault2Code (continue) 2
1 - -0 -0
2
1
2-NO -11
2 DTCB 2 -11
02 02
SPN FMI Description
2 0
cko ck o2 o2
ck by engine
Torque limitation caused
20 520270 14 522
protection
Torque limitation caused by injection
21 520271 14 523
system
22 520197 11 524 Working limitation information
Torque limitation caused by engine
23 520272 14 534
brake
Torque limitation caused by perform-
24 520274 14 532
ance limiter
Torque limitation caused by smoke
25 -02 520275 14 -02
531 - 02
2-11 2-11 limitation
2-1 1
2 0 2 2 0 2 202
Timeout Error of CAN-send-Frame
cko cko ck o
26 522004 19 0
ACK
Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-
27 522014 19 413
Frame EEC1
Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-
28 522015 19 0
Frame EEC2
Timeout Error of CAN-Transmit-
29 522016 19 0
Frame EEC3
DFC for DLC Error of CAN-Receive-
30 522035 14 414
Frame TSC1AE
Timeout Error of CAN-Receive-Frame
2 41402 2
1-0 1-0
31 522035 19
-1 - 11- TSC1AE
-1
2022 32 2
2
02 511 2
02active
performance limiter is
o2
520198 11
cko cko k
Reported SPI andcCOM-Errors of a
33 522058 19 111
Cy146
34 520201 19 111 SPI/COM-Errors of the Cy320
Powerstage diagnosis could be dis-
35 444 3 124
abled due to high Battery voltage
Powerstage diagnosis could be dis-
36 444 4 124
abled due to low Battery voltage
EEP Read Error based on the error
37 2802 11 117
for more blocks
02 02 02
11- 1- -
EEP Read Error based on the error
- 38 2802 14
- 1117 for more blocks 2-1
1
2 2
202 202 2 02
cko 12 ck
o ko on the error
EEP Write Error based
39 2802 117 c
for one block

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-15

 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02 2 (continue) 2
Table 6–9 Engine Fault Code
1 - -0 -0
22-
1 2 -11 2 -11
02 02
NO SPN FMI DTCB Description
0
cko2 cko2 o2
ck (ICO) for
Injection cut off demand
40 1109 11 512
shut off coordinator
Overspeed detection in component
41 1769 11 513
engine protection
42 108 3 232 SRC High for Environment Pressure
43 108 4 232 SRC low for Environment Pressure
DFC for camshaft signal diagnose -
44 4201 2 123
disturbed signal
DFC for camshaft signal diagnose -
45 4201 12 123
no signal
-0 2 -0 2 2
-11 -11 - 1 1-0
462 2 022
DFC for camshaft offset angle
02 4201 14 02 123
cko2 cko2 exceeded 2
ckodiagnose -
DFC for crankshaft signal
47 4203 2 122
disturbed signal
DFC for crankshaft signal diagnose -
48 4203 12 122
no signal
49 520264 11 211 Error in water in Fuel Detection switch
DFC for over temperature on power
50 2898 6 321
stage for intake air heater
DFC for short circuit to battery on
51 2898 3 321
power stage for intake air heater
-0 2 2 2
-11 - 1 1-0 DFC for short circuit to ground on1-0
1
22-
522 2898 4 321
2
202 202
power stage for intake air heater
20
cko 53 520210 11
cko 0
k o
Number of injections cis limited by
charge balance of booster capacity
Number of injections is limited by
54 520210 20 0 quantity balance of high pressure
pump
Number of injections is limited by
55 520210 21 0
system
Number of injections is limited by
56 520210 22 0
runtime
57 520211 11 0 check of engine starting problems
1 - 02 1 - 02 1-0
2
2 -1 2- 1 check of minimum rail pressure - 1
22
58 520212 1 276
202 202 2 0
cko cko cko
59 520214 3 151 short circuit of injection bank1
60 520287 3 151 short circuit of injection bank2
61 520215 11 153 CY33X is defect
6-16 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021
 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

02
Table 6–9 Engine Fault2Code (continue) 2
1 - -0 -0
2
1
2-NO -11
2 DTCB 2-11
02 02
SPN FMI Description
2 0
cko 62 1413 5 ck o2 141 o2
ck injector 1
open load of logical
63 1414 5 142 open load of logical injector 2
64 1415 5 143 open load of logical injector 3
65 1416 5 144 open load of logical injector 4
66 1417 5 145 open load of logical injector 5
67 1418 5 146 open load of logical injector 6
68 1413 3 141 general short circuit logical injector 1
69 1414 3 142 general short circuit logical injector 2
70 -02 -02 023
general short circuit logical injector
11-
1415 3 143
-11 -11 -
2 022 71 1416 3
2 022 144 general short circuit logical22injector
20
4

cko 72 1417 3 cko 145

o
general short circuitcklogical injector 5
73 1418 3 146 general short circuit logical injector 6
short circuit Low Side to High Side
74 1413 4 141
logical injector 1
short circuit Low Side to High Side
75 1414 4 142
logical injector 2
short circuit Low Side to High Side
76 1415 4 143
logical injector 3
short circuit Low Side to High Side
77 1416 4 144
1 -02 1-02 logical injector 4 02
11-
-1 -1 -
2022 78 1417 4 2022 145 2052
short circuit Low Side to High2 Side
cko cko ck o
logical injector
short circuit Low Side to High Side
79 1418 4 146
logical injector 6
Time out of SCG measurement of in-
80 520214 14 151
jection bank 1
Time out of SCG measurement of in-
81 520287 14 151
jection bank 2
short circuit to gruond monitoring test
82 520214 11 151
in Bank 1
83 1442 5 133 2 open load of metering unit output
- 02 0 02
1 1
2-84 2 11-
- 133 1 -
2-1 of
over teperature of device driver
2 0 2 1442 6
202 2
metering unit 0 2
cko cko cko
DFC of a short circuit to battery in the
85 1442 15 133
high side of the metering unit

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-17

 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02 2 (continue) 2
Table 6–9 Engine Fault Code
1 - -0 -0
22-
1 2 -11 2-11
02 02
NO SPN FMI DTCB Description
0
cko2 cko2 ko2
DFC of a short circuit tocground in the
86 1442 17 133
high side of the metering unit
DFC of a short circuit to battery in the
87 1442 16 133
low side of the metering unit
DFC of a short circuit to ground in the
88 1442 18 133
low side of the metering unit
signal range check high error of me-
89 1442 3 133
tering unit AD-channel
signal range check low error of meter-
90 1442 4 133
ing unit AD-channel
-0 2 2 2
-11 - 1 1-0 -
ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC) 1 1-0
912 520220 2 2
262
22
202 202 2 0
cko cko c o
92 520220 11 262 ECU internal diagnositickerror (MoC)
93 520220 14 262 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
94 520221 11 262 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
95 520222 11 262 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
96 520223 11 262 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
97 520290 11 263 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
98 520290 20 263 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
99 520290 21 263 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)

02 02 2
100 520290 22 263 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
1012- 1 1 -
-1 1 -
- 1 1-0
520290 23 2263
022
ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
202 202 2
cko 102 520290 24 cko 263 c o (MoC)
ECU internal diagnositickerror
103 520290 25 263 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
104 520290 26 263 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
105 520290 27 263 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
106 520290 3 263 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoC)
107 520225 11 264 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoF)
108 520226 11 264 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoF)
109 520227 11 264 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoF)
110
-0 2 520228 11 264
-0 2 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoF) 02
-11 -11 1-
22
111 520229 11 2
2264 2-1
ECU internal diagnositic error 2(MoF)
20 20 20
cko 112 520229 14 cko 264 ECU internal diagnositic o (MoF)
ckerror
113 520230 11 264 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoF)

6-18 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

02
Table 6–9 Engine Fault2Code (continue) 2
1 - -0 -0
2
1
2-NO -11
2 DTCB 2 -11
02 02
SPN FMI Description
2 0
cko 114 1108 16 ck o2 261 ECU internal diagnositic o2
ck error (MoF)
Diagnostic fault check to report the er-
115 1108 15 261 ror due to cooling injection in Over
Run
116 520231 11 264 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoF)
117 520232 11 264 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoF)
118 520233 11 264 ECU internal diagnositic error (MoF)
119 520234 11 264 ECU internal diagnositic error (Mon)
120 520234 20 264 ECU internal diagnositic error (Mon)

11 -02 1 -02
1264 1-0
ECU internal diagnositic error (Mon)
2
2-1
121 520234 21
2 2- 2 -
0
2 122 520235 11 202 265 ECU internal diagnositic 2 (Mon)
20error
cko 123 520235 20
c ko
265
cko
ECU internal diagnositic error (Mon)
124 200116 7 125 Early opening defect of main relay
125 3508 12 125 DFC for stuck main relay error
Diagnostic fault check to report "WDA
126 520238 11 111 active" due to errors in query-/re-
sponse communication of control unit
Diagnostic fault check to report "ABE
127 520238 4 111 active" due to undervoltage detection
of control unit
-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
-11 -11
Diagnostic fault check to report1"ABE
2128 2 2 - 1
02 520238 3
02 111 active" due to overvoltage 02detection
cko2 ck o2 of controlko
c
2
unit
Diagnostic fault check to report
129 520238 14 111 "WDA/ABE active" due to unknown
reason of control unit
DFC for minimum oil pressure from
130 100 1 243
digital sensor
DFC for plausibility test in case of dig-
131 100 2 243
ital sensor of oil pressure sensor
Maximum oil pressure error in plausi-
132 100 15 243
bility check
2 02 2
- 1 1-0 1 -
-1243 - 1 1-0
Minimum oil pressure error in plausi-
022 2 bility check 022
133 100 17
02
cko2 ck o2 o2
ckfor oil pressure
Signal error on CAN
134 100 19 243
sensor
135 100 16 243 SRC high for oil pressure sensor
Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-19
 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02 2 (continue) 2
Table 6–9 Engine Fault Code
1 - -0 -0
22-
1 -11
2 2 -11
02 02
NO SPN FMI DTCB Description
0
cko2 136 100 18 cko2 243 o2
ck sensor
SRC low for Oil pressure
Oil temperature too high plausibility
137 175 15 244
error
Signal error on CAN for Oil
138 175 19 244
Temperature
139 175 3 244 SRC High for Oil Temperature
140 175 4 244 SRC low for Oil Temperature
DFC for oil temperature plausibility
141 175 2 244
check
2 2 02
1-0 1-0
Not plausible fault: PhyMod_
1 -
1422-1 - 1 2-1
022
520240 13 0 trq2qBas_MAP contains non strictly
02 0 2
cko2 cko
2 monotonus q curves
c ko
2
pressure relief valve reached maxi-
143 520241 11 134
mun allowed opening count
pressure relief valve is forced to open;
144 520241 20 0
perform pressure increase
pressure relief valve is forced to open;
145 520241 21 0
perform pressure shock
146 520241 14 135 pressure relief valve is open
Quantity balance check if a success-
147 520241 22 136
full PRV opening is ensured
-0 2 -02 02
-11 -11 Averaged rail pressure is outside 1
- 1-
the
1482 520241 2 2
136 2
02 02 expected tolerance range02
cko2 cko2 ck o2
pressure relief valve reached maxi-
149 520241 0 136
mun allowed open time
150 520242 11 111 Reported MSC-Errors of a R2S2
maximum positive deviation of rail
151 520243 0 251
pressure exceeded
DFC for high pressure pump delivery
152 520243 7 252 quantity exceeds the plausibility limit
of the volume flow balance
DFC for negative governor deviation
153 520243 2 253
-0 2 -02 at zero delivery(second stage)
- 02
-11 -11 -1 1
022 2 maximum negative rail pressure2devi-
2 2 02255 0 2
2 limit
cko 154 520243 1
cko ation with metering unit onolower
c k
is exceeded
155 520243 20 256 minimum rail pressure exceeded

6-20 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

02
Table 6–9 Engine Fault2Code (continue) 2
1 - -0 -0
2
1
2-NO -11
2 DTCB 2 -11
02 02
SPN FMI Description
2 0
cko ck o2 o2
k pressure(sec-
DFC for maximum crail
156 520243 22 272
ond stage)
157 520243 21 271 maximum rail pressure exceeded
Error detection by metering unit set
158 520243 23 273
value in overrun
Plausibility check of the volume flow
159 520243 24 274
of the metering unit at low idle
rail pressure raw value is above maxi-
160 157 15 132
mum offset
rail pressure raw value is below mini-
161-02 157 17 -02
132 - 02
2-11 2-11 mum offset
2-1 1
2 0 2 2 0 2 Monitoring for maximum20 2 pressure
rail
cko 162 520265 0
cko 136
in limp home mode
o
ck with PRV
Monitoring for minimum injection
163 520265 11 136 quantity during limp home mode with
PRV
Monitoring for high fuel temperature
164 520265 14 136
during limp home mode with PRV
165 157 3 131 Sensor voltage above upper limit
166 157 4 131 Sensor voltage below lower limit
167 3509 2 112 Error Sensor supplies 1
1681 - 02 3510 2 1
112- 02 Error Sensor supplies 2 1-02
-1 2-1 -1
2022169 3511 2 202 112
2
202 3
Error Sensor supplies
cko cko ko
Monitoring of 12Vcsensor supply 1
170 3512 3 113
SRC_HIGH Error
Monitoring of 12V sensor supply 1
171 3512 4 113
SRC_LOW Error
Monitoring of 12V sensor supply
172 3513 3 113
SRC_HIGH Error
Monitoring of 12V sensor supply
173 3513 4 113
SRC_LOW Error
Over temperature error for SVS lamp
174 520250 6 333
1-02 1-02 powerstage 02
11-
-1 -1 2-of SVS
2022 175 520250 4 2022 333 2 2
Short circuit to ground error
0
cko cko ko
lamper powerstage
c
176 520251 11 118 SoftwareResets 0
177 520251 20 118 SoftwareResets 1

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-21

 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

02 2 (continue) 2
Table 6–9 Engine Fault Code
1 - -0 -0
22-
1 2 -11 2 -11
02 02
NO SPN FMI DTCB Description
0
cko2 178 520251 21 ck o2 118 ck 2
SoftwareResets o2
Signal error for Charge air cooler
179 105 19 233
downstream Temperature
SRC High for Charge air cooler down-
180 105 3 233
stream Temperature
SRC low for Charge air cooler down-
181 105 4 233
stream Temperature
Charged Air Cooler Temperature
182 105 2 233
down stream plausibility check error

183
1 - 02 1136 3 119
1 - 02 SRC high for ECU temperature
1 - 02
2- 1 2-1 sensor -1
0 2
2184 1136 4 0 2
2 119 22
20 sensor
SRC low for ECU temperature
cko cko cko
6.6 Transmission
Some common faults (abnormal phenomenon) and corresponding solutions are introduced as fol-
lows. Some faults can be troubleshot by the customers themselves, but the repairs, disassembly
and check of the transmission must be done or guided by professional personnel. If some faults or
abnormal phenomenon are not included in this table, consult professional personnel.

Table 6–10 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Transmission

-02
Fault Symptom Cause -0 2 Remedy -02
2 -11 -11 -11
02 022 22
Check the circuit of gear selector0and
o2
ckThe machine doesn't ck
2
Gear selectionofails
correct gear. cko
2
travel when the en- Low oil level in transmission Refill oil as required
gine runs normally Oil shortage due to dam- Replace with new parts and check the
aged oil pump or leakage sealing.
Check the oil level in transmission; re-
Low oil level at the inlet of
place or clean the filter and screen check
-torque converter
the main pressure in control valve.
Insufficient driving
force Low pressure for gear See "Transmission Operation
shifting Instruction"

-0 2 Engine fault
-02
Check it
-02
2 -11 22 -11 2 -11
02 02
Control valve core jammed Clean or replace the valve.
0
o2
ckLow pressure for gear k o2 k o2
Oil pump cempty
Check oil level, oil duct andcscreen, and
shifting find out the cause and give solutions
Oil pump doesn't work Replace it
6-22 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021
 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Troubleshooting

02 2 2
Table 6–10 Fault Analysis and Troubleshooting for Transmission (continue)
1 - -0 -0
2 1
- Symptom 2-11 2 -11
202 02 02
Fault Cause Remedy

cko o2
ck of oil seal
Severe leakage cko2
Replace the oil seal
for clutch piston
High oil level in transmission Fill the oil as required
Blocked ventilation cap Check it
The clutch slips Check its oil pressure
Excessive high lubri- Heavy-load work for a long Stop working, and then operate it after
cating oil (the indica- time cooling.
tor is normally on)
Damaged radiator Check it
Overheat caused by over-
2 heat from other parts-02 -02
1 1-0 11
Check other parts (axle, engine, etc.)
11
0 2 2- 22-
through heat conduction 2 2-
2 20 2 0
cko cko cko
Table 6–11 Transmission Fault Code (ZF 6WG-158)

No. Fault Code Fault Description

1 02 Turbine sensor short circuit / open circuit
Turbine sensor has recovered from the fault (short circuit /
2 42
open circuit / signal interrupt)
3 10 Output sensor short circuit / open circuit
Output sensor has recovered from the fault (short circuit /
4 50
open circuit / signal interrupt)
-0 2 - 02 - 02
2 -151 NN 1
2-1 joystick is not in the neutral position
The gearshift
2-1
1
202 2 0 2 2 0 2
cko cko cko
6 EE No signal for display

-0 2 -02 -0 2
2 -11 2-11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 ck o2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 6-23

 Troubleshooting STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

6-24 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Technical Specification

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Technical Specification

-02 Specification ...............................................................................................7-1

7 Technical
1 -02 1 -02 1
2 -1
7.1 2Dimension 2-1 2-1
of the Equipment ...............................................................................................7-3
2 2
2 0 2 0 2 0
cko 7.2 Technical Parameters...........................................................................................................7-4
ko c ko
c

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

-0 2 -0 2 -0 2
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
ck o2 ck o2 ck o2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 7-1

 Technical Specification STG230C-8S Motor Grader

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

7-2 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 STG230C-8S Motor Grader Technical Specification

7.Technical
02 Specification 2 2
- -0 -0
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
202 Dimension of the Equipment
7.1 202 o2
02
cko cko ck

Fig 7-1
-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 202 02
o2 o2
Table 7–1 Dimension of the equipment
ck cko ck
STG230C-8S
Item
(Standard machine)
A Height to top of cab (mm) 3348
E Wheel base (front-rear axles) (mm) 6310
G Length (front tire to rear of machine) (mm) 8770
H Overall length (standard machine ) (mm) 9340
J Outside width of rear wheels (mm) 2740
K Ground clearance of rear axle (mm) 410
1 - 02 1 - 02 -02
2- 1 2- 1 2-11
202
NOTE： 202 o2
02
cko The above specifications of standardcmachine
ko ck certificate for
are for reference, see the inspection
specific data of actual machine. Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice
in accordance with our continuous technical innovations.

-0 2 -0 2 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2-11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021 7-3

 Technical Specification STG230C-8S Motor Grader

1 - 02 Parameters -02 -02

-11 -11
7.2 Technical
1 2-
202 2 022 022
cko Table
cko Technical Parameters
7–2 Main
ck o2
STG230C-8S
Technical Parameters
(Standard machine)
Engine D07S3-245E0
Basic Manufacturer SANY
Parameters Rated power (kW)/ speed (rpm) 180/ 2200
Max. output torque (N.m) 1024
Forward speed (km/h) 6/10/13/21/27/42

-0 2 Reverse speed (km/h)

-02 6/13/27
-02
22 -11 2 -11 2 -11
2 0 Min. turning radius (m)
02 7.8
02
oRunning
ckParameters ck o2
Steering angle of front wheels (°) ±45 ck o2
Tilt angle of front wheels (°) ±17
Articulated steering angle (°) ±27
Oscillation angle of front axle (°) ±16
Length × height (mm) 4270×620
Max. lift above ground
Parameters 480
(mm)
of work Blade
Max. depth of cut (mm) 630
implements

1 - 02 Blade tip range (°)

-02 25~75
-02
2- 1 Rotation angle (°)2 -11 360 2 -11
202 2 02
o2
02
cko Tank Max. capacity of hydraulic k o
c oil tank (L) 140 ck
Capacity Max. capacity of fuel tank (L) 350

NOTE：
The above specifications of standard machine are for reference, see the inspection certificate for
specific data of actual machine. Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice
in accordance with our continuous technical innovations.

-0 2 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 ck o2

7-4 Safety, Operation and Maintenance Manual-March 2021

 -02 -02 -02
2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2
 -02 -02 -02
-11 -11 -11
022
www.sanyglobal.com 022 022
cko2 cko2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

-02 -02 -02

2 -11 2 -11 2 -11
02 02 02
cko2 cko2 cko2

SANY AUTOMOBILE MANUFACTURING CO., LTD

SANY Industry Town, Economic and Technological Development Zone, Changsha, Hunan,
China 410100

Tel: 0086-4006098318
1 - 02 -02 -02
-1
E-mail: crd@sany.com.cn
22 2 -11 2 -11
20 www.sanyglobal.com 02 02
Website:
cko cko2 cko2